TW201113551A - Conductive optical device, production method therefor, touch panel device, display device, and liquid crystal display apparatus - Google Patents

Conductive optical device, production method therefor, touch panel device, display device, and liquid crystal display apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201113551A
TW201113551A TW099129750A TW99129750A TW201113551A TW 201113551 A TW201113551 A TW 201113551A TW 099129750 A TW099129750 A TW 099129750A TW 99129750 A TW99129750 A TW 99129750A TW 201113551 A TW201113551 A TW 201113551A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
transparent conductive
film
conductive
touch panel
structures
Prior art date
Application number
TW099129750A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI468721B (en
Inventor
Shunichi Kajiya
Masaki Takenouchi
Sohmei Endoh
Kazuya Hayashibe
Kiyohiro Kimura
Original Assignee
Sony Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sony Corp filed Critical Sony Corp
Publication of TW201113551A publication Critical patent/TW201113551A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI468721B publication Critical patent/TWI468721B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/11Anti-reflection coatings
    • G02B1/113Anti-reflection coatings using inorganic layer materials only
    • G02B1/115Multilayers
    • G02B1/116Multilayers including electrically conducting layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B27/08Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/16Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin specially treated, e.g. irradiated
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/28Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42
    • B32B27/285Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42 comprising polyethers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/28Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42
    • B32B27/286Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42 comprising polysulphones; polysulfides
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/28Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42
    • B32B27/288Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising synthetic resins not wholly covered by any one of the sub-groups B32B27/30 - B32B27/42 comprising polyketones
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B32B27/302Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising aromatic vinyl (co)polymers, e.g. styrenic (co)polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B32B27/304Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising vinyl halide (co)polymers, e.g. PVC, PVDC, PVF, PVDF
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B32B27/308Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/32Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins
    • B32B27/325Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins comprising polycycloolefins
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/34Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/36Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/36Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
    • B32B27/365Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters comprising polycarbonates
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/38Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising epoxy resins
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/40Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyurethanes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form
    • B32B3/26Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
    • B32B3/28Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by a layer comprising a deformed thin sheet, i.e. the layer having its entire thickness deformed out of the plane, e.g. corrugated, crumpled
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form
    • B32B3/26Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
    • B32B3/30Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by a layer formed with recesses or projections, e.g. hollows, grooves, protuberances, ribs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/11Anti-reflection coatings
    • G02B1/111Anti-reflection coatings using layers comprising organic materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/11Anti-reflection coatings
    • G02B1/118Anti-reflection coatings having sub-optical wavelength surface structures designed to provide an enhanced transmittance, e.g. moth-eye structures
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01BCABLES; CONDUCTORS; INSULATORS; SELECTION OF MATERIALS FOR THEIR CONDUCTIVE, INSULATING OR DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES
    • H01B5/00Non-insulated conductors or conductive bodies characterised by their form
    • H01B5/14Non-insulated conductors or conductive bodies characterised by their form comprising conductive layers or films on insulating-supports
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/10Coating on the layer surface on synthetic resin layer or on natural or synthetic rubber layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/20Inorganic coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/20Inorganic coating
    • B32B2255/205Metallic coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/26Polymeric coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/28Multiple coating on one surface
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/20Properties of the layers or laminate having particular electrical or magnetic properties, e.g. piezoelectric
    • B32B2307/202Conductive
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/30Properties of the layers or laminate having particular thermal properties
    • B32B2307/306Resistant to heat
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/412Transparent
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/50Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
    • B32B2307/558Impact strength, toughness
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • B32B2457/202LCD, i.e. liquid crystal displays
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • B32B2457/208Touch screens
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2203/00Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/041Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/041 - G06F3/045
    • G06F2203/04103Manufacturing, i.e. details related to manufacturing processes specially suited for touch sensitive devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/044Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/045Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means using resistive elements, e.g. a single continuous surface or two parallel surfaces put in contact
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/24Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.]
    • Y10T428/24479Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.] including variation in thickness
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/24Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.]
    • Y10T428/24479Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.] including variation in thickness
    • Y10T428/24612Composite web or sheet

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Surface Treatment Of Optical Elements (AREA)
  • Position Input By Displaying (AREA)
  • Physical Vapour Deposition (AREA)
  • Non-Insulated Conductors (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Optical Elements Other Than Lenses (AREA)

Abstract

A conductive optical device includes a base member and a transparent conductive film formed on the base member. A surface structure of the transparent conductive film includes a plurality of convex portions having antireflective properties and arranged at a pitch equal to or smaller than a wavelength of visible light.

Description

201113551 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於一導電光學器件、其一製造方法、一觸控 面板、一顯示裝置及一液晶顯示裝置,更特定而言,係關 於一透明導電層形成於其一主表面上之—導電光學器件。 相關申請案之交又參考 本申請案主張2009年9月2曰提出申請之曰本專利申請案 JP 2009-203 180及2〇09年12月28日提出申請之日本專利申 請案JP 2009-299004之優先權,該等申請案之整體内容皆 以引用方式併入本文中。 【先前技術】 最近幾年,將用於輸入資訊之一電阻膜式觸控面板附接 至一顯示裝置,諸如裝配於一行動裝置、一蜂巢式電話及 類似裝置之一液晶顯示器件。 玄電阻膜式觸控φ板具有其巾兩個透明導電膜係經由一 間隔件彼此相對提供之-結構,㈣隔件由諸如丙婦酸樹 脂等-絕緣材料形成。該透明導電膜用作該觸控面板之一 電極且包含具有一透明度之一基底材料,諸如一聚合物 膜,及-透明導電層,該透明導電層形成於該基底材料上 且由具有-高折射率(例如,約19至21)之一材料形成, 諸如ITO(氧化銦錫)。 用於該電阻膜式舖k11 工面板之該透明導電膜需要具有例如 約 300 Ω/□至 500 Ω/□夕 ^ , □之—所需表面電阻值。此外,該透 導電膜需要具有一高锈舢a X达月 透射比以避免該電阻獏式觸控面板附 150653.doc 201113551 接至其之顯示裝置(諸如一液晶顯示器件)之一顯示品質之 劣化。 為貫見所耑表面電阻值,構成該透明導電膜之該透明 導電層需要如例如約20奈米至3〇奈米一樣厚。然後,若由 具有一高折射率之一材料形成之該透明導電層變厚,則在 亥透月導電層與^亥基底材料之間的一界面處反射外部光之 一 ϊ增加且該透明導電膜之—透射比降低,因此導致該顯 示裝置之一品質係劣化之一問題。 為解決此問題,舉例而言,第2〇〇3_136625號日本專利 特許公開申請案(後文稱為專利文檔υ揭示一種用於一觸控 面板之透明導電膜,其卜抗反射膜提供於—基底材料與 透明導電層之間。该抗反射膜係藉由按序層壓具有不同 折射率之複數個介電膜而形成。 【發明内容】 然而,由於在專利文檔丨之透明導電膜中該抗反射膜之 一反射功能具有一波長相依性,因此在該透明導電膜之一 透射比中引起一波長分散,由此難以在一寬廣波長範圍中 實現一高透射比。 因此,需要具有極佳抗反射特性之一導電光學器件、其 -製造方法、-觸控面板、一顯示裝置及一液晶顯示裝 置。 在一實施例中,一導電光學器件包含一基底部件及形成 於该基底部件上之一透明導電膜。該透明導電膜之一表面 結構包含複數個凸部分,其等具有抗反射性質且以等於或 I50653.doc -4- 201113551 小於可見光之一波長之一間距配置。 在一實施例中’一觸控面板器件包含一第一導電基底 層’及與該第一導電基底層相對之一第二導電基底層。在 此實施例中,該第一導電基底層及該第二導電基底層中之 至少一者包含一基底部件及形成於該基底部件上之一透明 導電膜,該透明導電膜之一表面結構包含複數個凸結構, 其等具有抗反射性質且以等於或小於可見光之一波長之— 間距配置。 在另一實施例中,一顯示器件包含一顯示裝置及附接至 該顯不裝置之一觸控面板器件。該觸控面板器件包含一第 一導電基底層及與該第一導電基底層相對之一第二導電基 底層。該第-導電基底層及該第二導電基底層中之至少一 者包含一基底部件及形成於該基底部件上之一透明導電 膜。該透明導電膜之-表面結構包含複數個凸結構,其等 具有抗反射性質且以等於或小於可見光之一波長之一間距 配置。 在一個實施例中,一種製造一導 守电元學器件之方法包 含:形成包含複數個凸結構之一其 基底部件,及在該基底部 件上形成一透明導電膜以传锃兮 联以使仔6亥透明導電膜之一表面I士禮 包含對應於該基底部件之哕耸几 α 千之^凸結構之複數個凸部分。該 專^凸結構具有抗反射性質且以莖认斗、 胃且以於或小於可見 配置。 仅 在一實施例中,提供— 透明導電膜, 構,該表面結構包含具有抗反射性質且以 其包含~表面結 等於或小於可見 150653.doc 201113551 光之一波長之一間距配置之複數個凸部分。 當該等結構在基板之表面上形成一正方晶格圖案或一準 方Ba 4。圖案時,合意地,該等結構具有一橢圓錐體形狀 或一橢圓戴頭錐體形狀,該形狀具有在跡線之延伸方向上 之一長軸方向且該形狀中一中心部分處之一傾斜比一末端 部分及一底部部分處之彼等傾斜陡峭。在此一組態之情形 下’可改良抗反射特性及透射特性。 當該等結構在基板之表面上形成一正方晶格圖案或一準 正方晶格圖案時,合意地,該等結構中之每一者在相對於 該等跡線之-45度方向或近似45度方向上之高度或深度小 於該等結構中之每一者在該等跡線之列方向上之一高度或 深度。當不滿足此一關係時,需要伸長在相對於該等跡線 之45度方向或近似45度方向上之配置間距。因此,降低該 等結構在相對於該等跡線之45度方向或近似45度方向上之 一填充率。如上文所述降低填充率導致抗反射特性之劣 化。 如上文所述,根據該等實施例,可實現具有極佳抗反射 特性之一導電光學器件。 本文闡述額外特徵及優點且自以下具體實施方式及圖將 明瞭該等額外特徵及優點。 【實施方式】 此後,將參照圖式按以下次序闡述實施例。 1 ·第一實施例(其中結構係線性地且在二維上配置成六方 晶格圖案之貫例:參見圖1 ) 150653.doc • 6 - 201113551 2 ·第二實施例(其中結構係線性地且在二維上配置成正方 晶格圖案之實例:參見圖1 5) 3 .第三實施例(其中結構係在二維上配置成弧形及六方晶 格圖案之實例:參見圖18) ' 4 _第四貫施例(其中結構係曲折地配置之實例:參見圖 . 21) 5_第五實施例(其中凸結構係配置在基板表面上之實例: 參見圖22) 6.第六實施例(其中折射率曲線為S形之實例:參見圖24) 7 ·第七實施例(其中結構係形成於導電光學器件之兩個主 表面上之實例:參見圖29) 8·第八實施例(其中具有透明導電性之結構係配置於透明 導電層上之實例:參見圖3〇) 9·第九實施例(關於電阻膜式觸控面板之應用實例:參見 圖31) 10.第十實施例(其中硬塗層係形成於觸控面板之觸控表 面上之實例:參見圖32) . U.第十一實施例(其中偏振器或前面板係形成於觸控面 板之觸控表面上之實例:參見圖33) 12 ·第十—貫施例(其中結構係配置在觸控面板之周邊部 分處之實例:參見圖34) 1 3 _第十二貫施例(内部觸控面板之實例:參見圖3 $) 第十四實施例(關於電阻式觸控面板之應用實例:參 見圖36) 150653.doc 201113551 <ι.第一實施例:> (導電光學器件之結構) 圖1A係顯示根據—第一實施例之一導電光學器件1之一 結構實例之一示意平面圖。圖1B係圖1A中所示導電光學 器件之一部分放大平面圖。圖1C係圖1B之跡線T1、 T3、…之一剖視圖。圖1D係圖1B之跡線T2、T4、·之— 剖視圖。圖1Ε係顯示形成對應於圖1Β之跡線T1、Τ3、. 之一潛像所使用之雷射光之一調變波形之一示意圖。圖1F 係顯示形成對應於圖1B之跡線T2、T4、…之一潛像所使用 之雷射光之一調變波形之一示意圖。圖2及4至6各自係圖 1A中所不導電光學器件j之一部分放大透視圖。圖3A係圖 1A中所不導電光學器件i在一跡線延伸方向(χ方向(此後, 亦適當地稱為跡線方向))上之一剖視圖。圖3B係圖i A中所 示導電光學元件1在一 Θ方向上之一剖視圖。 導電光學器件1包含一基板2,該基板包含彼此相對之主 表面、用於抑制一反射之以等於或小於一光波長之一微小 間距配置於該等主表面中之一者上之複數個凸結構3及形 成於結構3上之一透明導電層4。此外,為減小一表面電 阻,合意地,在結構3與透明導電層4之間額外提供一金屬 膜(導電膜)5。導電光學器件】具有防止已在圖2之一z方向 上透射牙過基板2之光在結構3與環境空氣之間的一界面處 被反射之一功能。 此後’將依序闡述包含於導電光學器件4之基板2、結 構3、透明導電層4及金屬膜5。 150653.doc 201113551 結構3之一縱橫比(高度H/平均配置間距p)合意地為〇之或 更大且1.78或更小,更合意地為〇 2或更大且128或更小, 進-步合意地為0.63或更大或更小。透明導電層4之 平均膜厚度合意地為9奈米或更大且5〇奈米或更小。若 結構3之縱橫比下降到低於〇 2且透明導電層*之平均膜厚 度超過50奈米,則由於毗鄰結構3之間的凹部分填充有透 明導電層4, 0此抗反射特性及透射特性趨於劣化。另一 方面,若結構3之縱橫比超過L78且透明導電層4之平均膜 厚度下降到低於9奈米,則由於結構3中之每一者之一斜面 變陡峭且透明導電層4之平均膜厚度變薄,因此表面電阻 趨於增加。換言之,藉由使該縱橫比及平均膜厚度滿足上 文所述數值範圍,可獲得極佳抗反射特性及透射特性以及 一寬廣範圍之一表面電阻(例如,1〇〇 Ω/口或更大且5〇〇〇 Ω/□或更小)。此處,透明導電層4之平均膜厚度係透明導 電層4在結構3之一頂點部分處之一平均膜厚度£^1。 當透明導電層4在結構3之一頂點部分處之平均膜厚度由 Dml表示,透明導電層4在結構3之一斜面處之平均膜厚度 由Dm2表示且透明導電層4在毗鄰結構之間之平均膜厚度由 Dm3表示時,合意地,滿足D1>D3>D2之一關係。在結構3 之斜面處之平均膜厚度〇1112合意地為9奈米或更大且3〇奈米 或更小。藉由使透明導電層4之平均膜厚度Dmi、〇一及 Dm3滿足以上關係且使透明導電層4之平均膜厚度滿足 以上數值範圍,可獲得極佳抗反射特性及透射特性以及一 寬廣範圍之一表面電阻。應注意,平均膜厚度D i、 150653.doc 201113551 及Dm3是否滿足以上關係可藉由如後文將闡述獲得平均膜 厚度1^1、Dm2及Dm3中之每一者來確認。 合意地’透明導電層4具有沿結構3之形狀形成之一表 面’且透明導電層4在結構3之頂點部分處之平均膜厚度 Dml為5奈米或更大且8〇奈米或更小。應注意透明導電層4 在結構3之頂點部分處之平均膜厚度D⑺丨大致與一板狀轉換 膜厚度相同。該板狀轉換膜厚度係當一透明導電層4在與 該透明導電層4形成於該等結構上相同之條件下形成於一 板上時所獲得之一膜厚度。 為獲得極佳柷反射特性及透射特性以及一寬廣範圍之一 表面電阻,在結構3之頂點部分處之平均膜厚度DU合意地 為25示米或更大且5〇奈米或更小,在結構3之斜面處之平 均膜厚度Dm2合意地為9奈米或更大且3〇奈米或更小,且在 田比鄰結構之間的平均膜厚度Dm3合意地為9奈米或更大且50 奈米或更小。 圖57係用於闡釋獲得形成於各自作為—凸部分之結構上 之透明導電層之平均臈厚度Dm i、Dm2及DJ之一方法之一 不意圖。此後’將闡述該獲得該等平均膜厚度Dml、Dm2 及Dm3之方法。 首先在㉛、線延伸方向i切割導電光學器件1以包含 構之頂點4刀,且藉由TEM給其一剖面拍照。接下 來自所拍付TEM照片量測透明導電層4在結構3之頂點部 刀处之膜厚度D1。然後,量測結構3之斜面上之若干位置 中在、’“冓3之问度之—半(H/2)處之膜厚度μ。隨後,量測 150653.doc 201113551 該等結構之間的凹部分之若干位置中在其中凹部分之深度 變為最大之一位置處之膜厚度D3。然後,在自導電光學器 件1隨機選擇之1〇個點處重複量測膜厚度1)1、D2&D3,且 僅對所量測值Dl、D2及D3求平均值(算術中值)以獲得平 均膜厚度Dml、Dm2&Dm3。 透明導電層4之表面電阻合意地為1〇〇 Ω/口或更大且5〇〇〇 Ω/口或更小,更合意地為27〇 Ω/□或更大且仙⑼□或更 小。藉由將表面電阻設定在此一範圍内,導電光學器件1 可用作各種類型觸控面板之一上電極或下電極。此處,透 月導電層4之表面電阻係藉由四端子量測法(仍κ 7丨料)來 獲得。 結構3之一平均酉己置間距P合意地為⑽奈米或更大且350 不米或更j更。意地為100奈米或更大且320奈米戋更 小’進—步合意地為11G奈米或更大且咖奈米或更小。若 配置間距下降到低於18時米,聽構3之—製造趨於變得 困難°另―方面’ #配置間距超過㈣奈米,則趨於發生 可見光之一繞射。 "結構3之一高度(深度阳合意地為奈米或更大且32〇奈 米或更小,更合意地為夺半 進一步合意地為110太"2或更大且320奈米或更小, 28G奈米或更^若結構 3之问度下降到低於7〇奉半,日丨,广 _ ., 則一反射比趨於增加。若结 構3之问度超過320奈米,則實 難。 預&電阻趨於變得困 (基板) 150653.doc 201113551 舉例而言,基板2係具有一透明度之一透明基板。基板2 之材料之實例包含具有一透明度之一塑膠材料及含有^玻璃 作為一主要成分之一材料,但並不限於此。 舉例而言,可使用以下作為玻璃:鈉鈣玻璃、鉛玻璃、 硬質玻璃、石英玻璃及液晶玻璃(參見日本化學協會、第^ 537頁、「化學手冊」介紹)。#於諸如一透明度、折射率 及散射等光學特性及諸如一耐衝擊性、耐熱性及耐久性等 各種特性,期望以下作為塑膠材料:(曱基)丙烯酸樹脂, 諸如聚曱基丙烯酸甲酯、曱基丙烯酸曱酯與另一丙烯酸烷 基酯或乙烯基單體(例如苯乙烯)之共聚物;聚碳酸酯樹 脂,諸如聚碳酸酯及二乙二醇_雙_烯丙基碳酸酯(CR_39); 熱可固化(曱基)丙烯酸樹脂,例如(溴化)雙酚A之二(甲基) 丙烯酸酯之均聚物及共聚物、及(溴化)雙酚A單(甲基)丙烯 酸酯之經胺基曱酸酯修飾之單體的聚合物及共聚物;聚酯 (尤其聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯及不飽和 聚酯)、丙烯腈-苯乙烯共聚物、聚氯乙烯、聚胺基曱酸 自曰、環氧樹脂、芳香族聚酯、聚醚砜類、聚醚酮、環烯聚 合物(產品名:ARTON,ZEONOR®)。另外,關於一耐熱 性’亦可使用芳族聚醯胺樹脂。 當使用塑膠材料作為基板2時,為額外地改良一塑膠表 面之表面能量、一塗層性質、一滑動性質、平緩度及類似 性質’可提供一底塗層作為表面處理。舉例而言,可使用 有機燒氧基金屬化合物、聚酯、經丙烯酸修飾之聚酯及聚 胺基甲酸酯作為底塗層。此外,為獲得與在提供底塗層之 150653.doc -12· 201113551 情況下相同之效應,可在基板2之表面上執行一電暈放電 及uv輻照處理。 當基板2係一塑膠膜時,可藉由拉伸上文所述樹脂或將 該等樹脂稀釋於一溶劑中、使所得物形成一膜及對其烘乾 之一方法來獲得基板2。此外,舉例而言,基板2之一厚度 係約 25 μηι至 500 μπι。 基板2之組態之實例包含一片、一板及一塊之形狀,但 並不特定限於此。本文所使用之片包含一膜。合意地,基 於需要在-光學裝置(例如-相機)中具有一預定抗反射功 能之一部分之一組態適當選擇基板2之組態。 (結構) 在基板2之表面上,配置大量凸結構3。結構續環地且 在二維上以等於或小於光之一波長帶之一配置間距配置以 抑制-反射’例如係、與可見光之_波長相同級別之一配置 間距。此S ’該配置間距係指配置間距ρβρ2。用於抑制 一反射之光之波長帶係紫外光、可見光或紅外光之一波長 帶。此處,紫外光之波長帶係指⑺奈求至36〇奈米之一 ^ 長帶,可見光之波長帶係指3 60奈米至請奈米之一波長帶 且紅外光之波長帶係指83G奈米至i _之—波長帶。具體 而言’該配置間距合意地為18G奈米或更大且35()奈米或更 小,更合意地為190奈米或更大且280奈米或更小。若配置 間距下降f丨低於18G奈米,則結構3之製造趨於變得困難。 另-方面’若配置間距超過35〇奈米,則趨於發生可見光 之一繞射。 150653.doc -13 - 201113551 導電光學器件i之結構3經配置以在基板2之表面上形成 複數個跡線_、T2、T3、··.(此後,亦統稱為「跡線 Τ」)。在本中請案中,跡線係指其中結構谱性搞合成一 列之一部分。此外…列方向係指基板2之成形表面上垂 直於一跡線延伸方向(X方向)之一方向。 結構3經配置以使得兩個毗鄰跡線τ之結構3偏移一半間 距。具體而言,橫跨兩個田比鄰跡線丁,一個跡線(例如, Τ1)之結構3分別配置在另一跡線(例如,τ2)中所配置之結 構3中之中間位置(各自偏移一半間距之位置)處。因此,如 圖1Β中所示,結構3經配置以便形成其中結構3之中心係分 別定位於橫跨三個毗鄰跡線(T1至Τ3)之點ai至a?處之六方 晶格圖案或準六方晶格圖案。在該第一實施例令,六方晶 格圖案係指規則六方晶格圖案,而準六方晶格圖案係指不 同於規則六方晶格圖案且在跡線延伸方向(X方向)上拉伸 且變形之六方晶格圖案。 當結構3經配置以便形成準六方晶格圖案時,結構3在同 一跡線(例如,T1)中之配置間距1>1(以與&2之間的距離)合 思地長於結構3橫跨兩個毗鄰跡線(例如,τ丨及Τ2)之配置 間距,亦即,結構3在如圖1Β中所示相對於跡線延伸方向 之一 ±θ方向上之配置間距Ρ2(例如,al與a7之間的距離及 a2與a7之間的距離)。藉由如此配置結構3,可額外增加結 構3之一填充密度。 鑒於可成形性,合意地,結構3具有一金字塔形狀或在 跡線方向上拉伸或收縮之一金字塔形狀。合意地,結構3 150653.doc •14- 201113551 具有一軸對稱金字塔形狀或在跡線方向上拉伸或收縮之— 軸對稱金字塔形狀。當毗鄰結構3接合至彼此時,合音 地,結構3具有除其接合至彼此之下部分外係軸對稱之一 金子塔形狀或在跡線方向上拉伸或收縮之一軸對稱金字技 形狀。該金字塔形狀之實例包含一錐體形狀、一截頭錐體 形狀、一橢圓錐體形狀及一橢圓截頭錐體形狀。此處,除 錐體形狀及截頭錐體形狀之外,該金字塔形狀概念上還包 含如上文所述橢圓錐體形狀及橢圓截頭錐體形狀。此外, 截頭錐體形狀係指藉由切割錐體形狀之一頂點部分所獲得 之一形狀且橢圓截頭錐體形狀係指藉由切掉一橢圓錐體之 一頂點部分所獲得之一形狀。 合意地,結構3具有包含一底部表面之一金字塔形狀, 在該底部表面中,在跡線延伸方向上之—寬度大於在垂直 :錢伸方向之列方向上之一寬度。具體而言,合意地, 結構3具有—橢圓錐體形狀,其中一底部表面具有—印形 形狀或i形形狀,該形狀具有長軸及短轴且一頂點部分 如圖2及4中所示彎曲。另一選擇為,期望其中一底部表面 二有f形形狀或一蛋形形狀(該形狀具有長軸及短轴)且 頂點°卩分如圖5中所示係平緩之一橢圓截頭錐體形狀。 率上文所述之組態之情形下,可增加列方向上之—填充 虛ΤΙ改良反射特性’合意地’結構3具有其中頂點部分 變陡的且該傾斜"心部分朝向底部部分逐漸 圖)之—金字塔形狀。此外,鑒於改良反射特 150653.doc •15- 201113551 性及透射特性’合意地,結構3具有其中令心部分處之傾 斜比底部部分及頂點部分處之傾斜陡崎(參見圖2)之一金字 塔形狀或其中頂點部分係平緩(參見圖5)之一金字塔形狀。 當結構3具有一橢圓錐體形狀或一橢圓截頭錐體形狀時, 合意地,底部表面之長軸方向平行於跡線延伸方向。儘管 結構3在圖2及類似圖中具有相同形狀,但結❿之形狀並 不限於此’且兩個或更多個不同形狀可用於欲形成於基板 之表面上之結構3。此外,結構3可與基板2形成整體。 此外,如圖2及4至6中所示,合意地,在結構3之一部分 或整個周圍上形成突出部分6。在此結構之情形下,甚至 在料3之填充率為低時,亦可將反射比抑制為低。具體 而言,突出部分6中之每一者係提供於她鄰結構3之間,例 =如圖2、4及5中所示。另一選擇為,伸長的突出部分巴可 提供於結構3之一部分或整個周圍上,如圖6中所示。舉例 而5,伸長的突出部分6中之每一者自結構3之頂點部分延 伸至下口p分。可使用具有一三角形剖面之一形狀、具有四 邊形剖面之-形狀及類似形狀作為突出部分6之一形狀。 * 而大出邻为6之形狀並不特定限於此,且可考量可成 形性或類似因素來進行選擇。此外,結構3之該部分或整 :周圍表面可經粗糙化以於其上形成微小突點。具體而 二,毗鄰結構3之間的表面可經粗糙化以使得(例如)於其上201113551 6. The invention relates to: a conductive optical device, a manufacturing method thereof, a touch panel, a display device and a liquid crystal display device, and more particularly, a transparent A conductive layer is formed on one of its major surfaces - a conductive optical device. In the case of the relevant application, the Japanese patent application JP 2009-299004 filed on Sep. 2, 2009, filed on Sep. 2, 2009, filed on Sep. 2, 2009, filed on December 28, 2009 The entire contents of these applications are hereby incorporated by reference. [Prior Art] In recent years, a resistive film type touch panel for inputting information is attached to a display device such as a liquid crystal display device mounted on one of a mobile device, a cellular phone, and the like. The sinuous resistive film type touch φ plate has a structure in which two transparent conductive films are provided opposite to each other via a spacer, and (iv) a spacer is formed of an insulating material such as a bupropion resin. The transparent conductive film is used as an electrode of the touch panel and comprises a base material having a transparency, such as a polymer film, and a transparent conductive layer formed on the base material and having a high One material having a refractive index (for example, about 19 to 21) is formed, such as ITO (Indium Tin Oxide). The transparent conductive film used for the resistive film deposition panel needs to have a desired surface resistance value of, for example, about 300 Ω/□ to 500 Ω/□. In addition, the transmissive conductive film needs to have a high rust Xa X transmittance to avoid the display quality of one of the display devices (such as a liquid crystal display device) to which the resistive touch panel is attached 150653.doc 201113551 Deterioration. The transparent conductive layer constituting the transparent conductive film needs to be as thick as, for example, about 20 nm to 3 Å for the surface resistance value. Then, if the transparent conductive layer formed of a material having a high refractive index becomes thick, one of the external light is reflected at an interface between the conductive layer and the base material, and the transparent conductive The film-transmittance is lowered, thus causing a problem of deterioration in quality of one of the display devices. In order to solve this problem, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. 2-136625 (hereinafter referred to as Patent Document) discloses a transparent conductive film for a touch panel, and an anti-reflection film is provided for - Between the base material and the transparent conductive layer, the anti-reflective film is formed by sequentially laminating a plurality of dielectric films having different refractive indices. [Invention] However, in the transparent conductive film of the patent document The reflection function of one of the antireflection films has a wavelength dependence, thereby causing a wavelength dispersion in one transmittance of the transparent conductive film, thereby making it difficult to achieve a high transmittance in a wide wavelength range. Therefore, it is required to have excellent An anti-reflective property, a conductive optical device, a manufacturing method thereof, a touch panel, a display device, and a liquid crystal display device. In an embodiment, a conductive optical device includes a base member and is formed on the base member a transparent conductive film. One surface structure of the transparent conductive film includes a plurality of convex portions, which have anti-reflective properties and are equal to or I50653.doc -4- 20111 3551 is spaced apart from one of the wavelengths of visible light. In one embodiment, 'a touch panel device includes a first conductive substrate layer' and a second conductive substrate layer opposite the first conductive substrate layer. In one example, at least one of the first conductive base layer and the second conductive base layer comprises a base member and a transparent conductive film formed on the base member, and a surface structure of the transparent conductive film includes a plurality of convexities a structure, which has anti-reflective properties and is disposed at a pitch equal to or less than one wavelength of visible light. In another embodiment, a display device includes a display device and a touch panel device attached to the display device The touch panel device includes a first conductive substrate layer and a second conductive substrate layer opposite to the first conductive substrate layer. At least one of the first conductive substrate layer and the second conductive substrate layer comprises a a base member and a transparent conductive film formed on the base member. The surface structure of the transparent conductive film includes a plurality of convex structures, which have anti-reflective properties and are equal to A spacing configuration that is less than one of the wavelengths of visible light. In one embodiment, a method of fabricating a gated electrical device includes forming a base member comprising one of a plurality of convex structures, and forming a transparent layer on the base member The conductive film is transferred to make the surface of one of the transparent conductive films of the hexagrams contain a plurality of convex portions corresponding to the base member, and the convex structure has an anti-convex structure. Reflective in nature and in a stem, stomach, and or less than a visible configuration. In only one embodiment, a transparent conductive film is provided, the surface structure comprising anti-reflective properties and having a surface junction equal to or less than It can be seen that a plurality of convex portions of one of the wavelengths of one of the wavelengths of the light are formed. When the structures form a square lattice pattern or a quasi-square Ba 4 on the surface of the substrate. In the case of a pattern, desirably, the structures have an elliptical pyramid shape or an elliptical frustum shape having a long axis direction in the direction in which the trace extends and one of the central portions of the shape is inclined They are steeper than the one end portion and the bottom portion. In the case of this configuration, the anti-reflection and transmission characteristics can be improved. When the structures form a square lattice pattern or a quasi-square lattice pattern on the surface of the substrate, desirably, each of the structures is in the -45 degree direction relative to the traces or approximately 45 The height or depth in the direction of the dimension is less than the height or depth of each of the structures in the direction of the rows of the traces. When this relationship is not satisfied, it is necessary to elongate the arrangement pitch in the 45-degree direction or the approximately 45-degree direction with respect to the traces. Therefore, a fill rate of the structures in the 45 degree direction or approximately 45 degrees with respect to the traces is reduced. Reducing the filling ratio as described above results in deterioration of anti-reflection characteristics. As described above, according to the embodiments, one of the conductive optical devices having excellent anti-reflection characteristics can be realized. Additional features and advantages are set forth herein and will be apparent from the following detailed description and drawings. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, embodiments will be described in the following order with reference to the drawings. 1] The first embodiment (where the structure is linearly and two-dimensionally arranged in a hexagonal lattice pattern: see Fig. 1) 150653.doc • 6 - 201113551 2 · Second embodiment (where the structure is linearly And an example of being configured as a square lattice pattern in two dimensions: see FIG. 1 5) 3. The third embodiment (in which the structure is arranged in two dimensions as an arc and a hexagonal lattice pattern: see FIG. 18) ' 4 _ Fourth embodiment (in which the structure is arranged in a meandering manner: see Fig. 21) 5_Fifth embodiment (example in which the convex structure is arranged on the surface of the substrate: see Fig. 22) 6. Sixth implementation Example (Example in which the refractive index curve is S-shaped: see FIG. 24) 7 - Seventh embodiment (an example in which the structure is formed on two main surfaces of the conductive optical device: see FIG. 29) 8. Eighth embodiment (Example in which a structure having transparent conductivity is disposed on a transparent conductive layer: see FIG. 3A) 9. Ninth Embodiment (Application example of a resistive film type touch panel: see FIG. 31) 10. Tenth implementation Example (wherein the hard coat layer is formed on the touch surface of the touch panel) Example: See Fig. 32). U. Eleventh Embodiment (Example in which a polarizer or a front panel is formed on a touch surface of a touch panel: see Fig. 33) 12 · Tenth - Example (where structure An example of a configuration at the peripheral portion of the touch panel: see Figure 34) 1 3 _ Twelfth Example (Example of Internal Touch Panel: See Figure 3) Fourteenth Embodiment (About Resistive Touch Application example of the panel: see Fig. 36) 150653.doc 201113551 <1. First embodiment: > (Structure of conductive optical device) Fig. 1A shows a structure of a conductive optical device 1 according to the first embodiment One of the examples is a schematic plan view. Fig. 1B is a partially enlarged plan view showing one of the electroconductive optical devices shown in Fig. 1A. Figure 1C is a cross-sectional view of one of the traces T1, T3, ... of Figure 1B. Figure 1D is a cross-sectional view of the traces T2, T4, - of Figure 1B. Figure 1 is a schematic diagram showing one of the modulated waveforms of the laser light used to form a latent image corresponding to one of the traces T1, Τ3, . Figure 1F is a diagram showing one of the modulated waveforms of laser light used to form a latent image corresponding to one of the traces T2, T4, ... of Figure 1B. 2 and 4 to 6 are each a partially enlarged perspective view of the non-conductive optical device j of Fig. 1A. Figure 3A is a cross-sectional view of the non-conductive optical device i of Figure 1A in a direction in which the trace extends (χ direction (hereinafter, also referred to as the trace direction). Figure 3B is a cross-sectional view of the conductive optical element 1 shown in Figure i A in one direction. The conductive optical device 1 includes a substrate 2 including a main surface opposite to each other, and a plurality of convex portions disposed on one of the main surfaces for suppressing a reflection to be equal to or smaller than a light wavelength. Structure 3 and a transparent conductive layer 4 formed on structure 3. Further, in order to reduce a surface resistance, it is desirable to additionally provide a metal film (conductive film) 5 between the structure 3 and the transparent conductive layer 4. The conductive optical device has a function of preventing light which has been transmitted through the substrate 2 in the z direction of Fig. 2 from being reflected at an interface between the structure 3 and the ambient air. Hereinafter, the substrate 2, the structure 3, the transparent conductive layer 4, and the metal film 5 included in the conductive optical device 4 will be described in order. 150653.doc 201113551 One aspect ratio of structure 3 (height H / average arrangement pitch p) is desirably 〇 or greater and 1.78 or less, more desirably 〇 2 or more and 128 or less, into - The step is desirably 0.63 or more or less. The average film thickness of the transparent conductive layer 4 is desirably 9 nm or more and 5 Å or less. If the aspect ratio of the structure 3 falls below 〇2 and the average film thickness of the transparent conductive layer* exceeds 50 nm, since the concave portion between the adjacent structures 3 is filled with the transparent conductive layer 4, the anti-reflection property and transmission are obtained. The characteristics tend to deteriorate. On the other hand, if the aspect ratio of the structure 3 exceeds L78 and the average film thickness of the transparent conductive layer 4 falls below 9 nm, the slope of one of the structures 3 becomes steep and the average of the transparent conductive layer 4 is averaged. The film thickness is thinned, so the surface resistance tends to increase. In other words, by making the aspect ratio and the average film thickness satisfy the above numerical range, excellent anti-reflection characteristics and transmission characteristics as well as a wide range of surface resistance (for example, 1 〇〇Ω/□ or more can be obtained). And 5 〇〇〇 Ω / □ or less). Here, the average film thickness of the transparent conductive layer 4 is an average film thickness of the transparent conductive layer 4 at one of the apex portions of the structure 3. When the average film thickness of the transparent conductive layer 4 at one of the apex portions of the structure 3 is represented by Dml, the average film thickness of the transparent conductive layer 4 at one of the slopes of the structure 3 is represented by Dm2 and the transparent conductive layer 4 is between adjacent structures. When the average film thickness is represented by Dm3, it is desirable to satisfy one of the relationships of D1 > D3 > D2. The average film thickness 〇1112 at the slope of the structure 3 is desirably 9 nm or more and 3 Å nm or less. By satisfying the above relationship of the average film thicknesses Dmi, 〇1, and Dm3 of the transparent conductive layer 4 and making the average film thickness of the transparent conductive layer 4 satisfy the above numerical range, excellent anti-reflection characteristics and transmission characteristics and a wide range can be obtained. A surface resistance. It should be noted that whether or not the average film thicknesses D i, 150653.doc 201113551 and Dm3 satisfy the above relationship can be confirmed by obtaining each of the average film thicknesses 1^1, Dm2, and Dm3 as will be described later. Desirably, the transparent conductive layer 4 has a surface formed along the shape of the structure 3 and the average film thickness Dml of the transparent conductive layer 4 at the apex portion of the structure 3 is 5 nm or more and 8 nm or less. . It should be noted that the average film thickness D(7) of the transparent conductive layer 4 at the apex portion of the structure 3 is substantially the same as the thickness of a plate-shaped conversion film. The thickness of the plate-like conversion film is a film thickness obtained when a transparent conductive layer 4 is formed on a board under the same conditions as the transparent conductive layer 4 is formed on the structures. In order to obtain excellent 柷 reflection characteristics and transmission characteristics and a wide range of surface resistance, the average film thickness DU at the apex portion of the structure 3 is desirably 25 meters or more and 5 Å nanometers or less. The average film thickness Dm2 at the slope of the structure 3 is desirably 9 nm or more and 3 Å nm or less, and the average film thickness Dm3 between the field adjacent structures is desirably 9 nm or more and 50 nanometers or less. Fig. 57 is a view for explaining one of the methods for obtaining the average thicknesses Dm i, Dm2 and DJ of the transparent conductive layers formed on the respective structures as the convex portions. Hereinafter, the method of obtaining the average film thicknesses Dml, Dm2 and Dm3 will be explained. First, the conductive optical device 1 is cut at 31, the line extending direction i to include a apex of 4 knives, and a section thereof is photographed by TEM. Next, the film thickness D1 of the transparent conductive layer 4 at the apex portion of the structure 3 was measured from the taken TEM photograph. Then, the film thickness μ at the position of the '冓3 half-(H/2) is measured in several positions on the slope of the structure 3. Subsequently, the measurement is between 150653.doc 201113551 between the structures The film thickness D3 at a position where the depth of the concave portion becomes the largest one of the positions of the concave portion. Then, the film thickness is repeatedly measured at one point randomly selected from the conductive optical device 1) 1), D2 & D3, and only the measured values D1, D2 and D3 are averaged (arithmetic mean) to obtain an average film thickness Dml, Dm2 & Dm3. The surface resistance of the transparent conductive layer 4 is desirably 1 〇〇 Ω / mouth Or larger and 5 〇〇〇 Ω / port or smaller, more desirably 27 〇 Ω / □ or more and sen (9) □ or less. By setting the surface resistance within this range, the conductive optical device 1 can be used as one of the upper or lower electrodes of various types of touch panels. Here, the surface resistance of the transparent layer 4 is obtained by four-terminal measurement (still κ 7). The average pitch P is desirably (10) nanometer or more and 350 millimeters or more. It is preferably 100 nanometers or more and 320 nanometers.戋Small's step-by-step is desirably 11G nanometer or larger and kanami or smaller. If the configuration pitch drops below 18 meters, the manufacturing structure tends to become difficult. '#Configure the pitch more than (four) nanometer, it tends to be diffracted by one of the visible light. "Structure 3 one height (the depth of the positive is desirably nano or larger and 32 〇 nanometer or smaller, more desirably Half a further desirably 110 is too "2 or greater and 320 nm or less, 28G nano or more. If the structure 3 is reduced to less than 7 〇, half, 广, _, Then, the reflectance tends to increase. If the degree of the structure 3 exceeds 320 nm, it is difficult. The pre-amplifier tends to become trapped (substrate) 150653.doc 201113551 For example, the substrate 2 has a transparency. A transparent substrate. An example of the material of the substrate 2 includes a plastic material having a transparency and a material containing the glass as a main component, but is not limited thereto. For example, the following may be used as the glass: soda lime glass, Lead glass, hard glass, quartz glass and liquid crystal glass (see Japan Chemical Association) , page 537, "Introduction to the Chemistry Handbook". # Various optical properties such as transparency, refractive index and scattering, and various properties such as impact resistance, heat resistance and durability are expected as plastic materials: Acrylic resin, such as a copolymer of polymethyl methacrylate, decyl methacrylate with another alkyl acrylate or vinyl monomer (such as styrene); polycarbonate resin, such as polycarbonate and Glycol _ bis-allyl carbonate (CR_39); a heat curable (fluorenyl) acrylate resin, such as a homopolymer and a copolymer of (brominated) bisphenol A di(meth) acrylate, and (Bromide) polymers and copolymers of bisphenol A mono (meth) acrylate amine phthalate modified monomers; polyesters (especially polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate B Diester and unsaturated polyester), acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer, polyvinyl chloride, polyamine phthalic acid ruthenium, epoxy resin, aromatic polyester, polyether sulfone, polyether ketone, cycloolefin polymerization (product name: ARTON, ZEONOR®). Further, an aromatic polyamide resin can also be used for a heat resistance. When a plastic material is used as the substrate 2, an undercoat layer can be provided as a surface treatment for additionally improving the surface energy, a coating property, a sliding property, the flatness and the like of a plastic surface. For example, an organic alkoxy metal compound, a polyester, an acrylic modified polyester, and a polyurethane may be used as the undercoat layer. Further, in order to obtain the same effect as in the case of providing the undercoat layer 150653.doc -12·201113551, a corona discharge and a uv irradiation treatment can be performed on the surface of the substrate 2. When the substrate 2 is a plastic film, the substrate 2 can be obtained by stretching the above resin or diluting the resin in a solvent, forming the film into a film, and drying the film. Further, for example, one of the substrates 2 has a thickness of about 25 μηι to 500 μπι. Examples of the configuration of the substrate 2 include the shape of one piece, one plate, and one piece, but are not particularly limited thereto. The sheet used herein comprises a film. Desirably, the configuration of the substrate 2 is suitably configured based on one of the portions of the optical device (e.g., camera) having a predetermined anti-reflection function. (Structure) On the surface of the substrate 2, a large number of convex structures 3 are arranged. The structure is contiguously and in two dimensions arranged at a spacing equal to or less than one of the wavelength bands of light to suppress -reflecting, e.g., one of the same level as the wavelength of visible light. This arrangement spacing of S ′ refers to the arrangement pitch ρβρ2. The wavelength band used to suppress a reflected light is one wavelength band of ultraviolet light, visible light, or infrared light. Here, the wavelength band of ultraviolet light refers to (7) to the length of 36 〇 nanometer long band, the wavelength band of visible light refers to one wavelength band of 3 60 nm to please nanometer and the wavelength band of infrared light refers to 83G nanometer to i _ - wavelength band. Specifically, the arrangement pitch is desirably 18 G nanometers or more and 35 () nanometers or less, more desirably 190 nm or more and 280 nm or less. If the arrangement pitch drop f 丨 is lower than 18 G nm, the manufacture of the structure 3 tends to become difficult. On the other hand, if the arrangement pitch exceeds 35 nanometers, one of visible light diffraction tends to occur. 150653.doc -13 - 201113551 The structure 3 of the conductive optics i is configured to form a plurality of traces _, T2, T3, ... (hereinafter also referred to collectively as "trace Τ") on the surface of the substrate 2. In this case, the trace refers to one of the columns in which the structural spectrum is synthesized. Further, the column direction means that the forming surface of the substrate 2 is perpendicular to one of the direction in which the trace extends (X direction). Structure 3 is configured such that the structure 3 of two adjacent traces τ is offset by a half distance. Specifically, across the two field adjacent traces, the structures 3 of one trace (eg, Τ1) are respectively disposed at intermediate positions in the structure 3 disposed in another trace (eg, τ2) (each biased) Move halfway to the position). Thus, as shown in FIG. 1A, structure 3 is configured to form a hexagonal lattice pattern or quasi-position in which the center of structure 3 is positioned at points ai to a? across three adjacent traces (T1 to Τ3), respectively. Six-sided lattice pattern. In the first embodiment, the hexagonal lattice pattern refers to a regular hexagonal lattice pattern, and the quasi-hexagon lattice pattern refers to a pattern different from the regular hexagonal lattice pattern and stretched and deformed in the direction of the trace extension (X direction). The hexagonal lattice pattern. When the structure 3 is configured to form a quasi-hexagonal lattice pattern, the arrangement spacing 1 > 1 of the structure 3 in the same trace (e.g., T1) (in terms of the distance from & 2) is conjunctly longer than the structure 3 The arrangement pitch across two adjacent traces (eg, τ 丨 and Τ 2), that is, the arrangement pitch Ρ 2 of the structure 3 in one of the ± θ directions with respect to the direction in which the trace extends as shown in FIG. 1A (eg, al The distance from a7 and the distance between a2 and a7). By configuring the structure 3 in this way, it is possible to additionally increase the packing density of one of the structures 3. In view of formability, desirably, the structure 3 has a pyramid shape or stretches or contracts one of the pyramid shapes in the direction of the trace. Desirably, Structure 3 150653.doc •14- 201113551 has an axisymmetric pyramid shape or stretches or contracts in the direction of the trace—the axisymmetric pyramid shape. When the adjacent structures 3 are joined to each other, the structures 3 have a shaft-symmetric gold-shaped shape which is one of the axis-symmetric axes or which is stretched or contracted in the direction of the track, except that it is joined to the lower portion of each other. Examples of the pyramid shape include a pyramid shape, a frustum shape, an elliptical cone shape, and an elliptical frustum shape. Here, in addition to the shape of the cone and the shape of the frustum, the pyramid shape conceptually includes an elliptical cone shape and an elliptical frustum shape as described above. Further, the frustum shape refers to a shape obtained by cutting one of the apex portions of the pyramid shape and the elliptical frustum shape refers to a shape obtained by cutting off one of the apex portions of an elliptical cone. . Desirably, the structure 3 has a pyramid shape including a bottom surface in which the width in the direction in which the trace extends is greater than the width in the direction of the vertical: direction of the money extension. Specifically, desirably, the structure 3 has an elliptical cone shape in which a bottom surface has a -print shape or an i-shape having a major axis and a minor axis and a vertex portion as shown in FIGS. 2 and 4 bending. Alternatively, it is desirable that one of the bottom surfaces has an f-shape or an egg-shaped shape (the shape has a major axis and a minor axis) and the apex is divided into a flat elliptical frustum as shown in FIG. shape. In the case of the configuration described above, the column-direction filling imaginary improved reflection characteristic can be increased 'desirably'. The structure 3 has a steep portion in which the apex portion is steeped and the slope portion is gradually oriented toward the bottom portion. ) - the shape of the pyramid. In addition, in view of the improved reflection characteristic 150653.doc •15-201113551 'sability and transmission characteristics' desirably, the structure 3 has a pyramid in which the inclination of the center portion is steeper than the bottom portion and the apex portion (see Fig. 2) The shape or the pyramid shape in which the apex portion is gentle (see Figure 5). When the structure 3 has an elliptical cone shape or an elliptical frustum shape, desirably, the major axis direction of the bottom surface is parallel to the direction in which the trace extends. Although the structure 3 has the same shape in Fig. 2 and the like, the shape of the crucible is not limited thereto and two or more different shapes may be used for the structure 3 to be formed on the surface of the substrate. Furthermore, the structure 3 can be formed integrally with the substrate 2. Further, as shown in Figs. 2 and 4 to 6, it is desirable to form the protruding portion 6 on a part or the entire circumference of the structure 3. In the case of this structure, even when the filling rate of the material 3 is low, the reflectance can be suppressed to be low. Specifically, each of the protruding portions 6 is provided between her adjacent structures 3, as shown in Figures 2, 4 and 5. Alternatively, the elongated projections may be provided on a portion of the structure 3 or the entire circumference as shown in FIG. For example, 5, each of the elongated projections 6 extends from the apex portion of the structure 3 to the lower port p. As the shape of one of the protruding portions 6, a shape having a shape of a triangular cross section, a shape having a quadrangular cross section, and the like can be used. * The shape in which the big neighbor is 6 is not particularly limited, and may be selected in consideration of formability or the like. Furthermore, the portion or the entire structure 3: the surrounding surface may be roughened to form minute bumps thereon. Specifically, the surface between adjacent structures 3 may be roughened to, for example,

成微小突點。另_、联1¾. A ·. 另遠擇為’微小孔可形成於結構3之表 面上,如頂點部分。 、’。構3並不限於該等圖中所示之凸結構3且可替代地由形 150653.doc • 16- 201113551 成於基板2之表面上之凹部分形成。結構3之高度並無特定 限制且舉例而吕係約42〇奈米,更具體而言,係4丨5奈米至 421奈米。應注意當結構3係由凹部分形成時,結構3之高 度變為結構3之一深度。 結構3在跡線延伸方向上之一高度扪合意地小於結構3在 列方向上之一局度H2。換言之,合意地,高度m及H2滿 足H1<H2之一關係。當結構3經配置以滿足HpH2之一關 係時,在跡線延伸方向上之配置間距p丨需要伸長,其結果 係結構3在跡線延伸方向上之填充率降低。如上文所述降 低填充率導致反射特性之劣化。 應注意,結構3之縱橫比不需要係相同,且結構3可經構 造以具有某一高度分佈(例如,在0.5至1_46之範圍内之縱 橫比)。藉由如此提供具有一高度分佈之結構3,可抑制反 射特性之一波長相依性。因此,可實現具有極佳抗反射特 性之一導電光學器件i。 本文所使用之尚度分佈意指結構3以兩個或更多個不同 高度(深度)形成於基板2之表面上。換言之,具有一參考高 度之結構3及具有不同於該參考高度之一高度之結構3形成 於基板2之表面上。舉例而言,具有不同於該參考高度之 高度之結構3循環地或非循環地(隨機地)形成於基板2之表 面上。舉例而言’跡線延伸方向及列方向可能作為一循環 方向。 合意地,在結構3中之每一者之一周邊部分處形成一摺 邊部分3a,此乃因在導電光學器件之一製造過程中自—模 150653.doc 17- 201113551 具或類似裝置容易地剝離結構3變為可能。本文所使用之 摺邊部分指形成於結構3之底部邹分之—周邊部分處 之:突出部分。#於剝離特性,合意地,摺邊部分&係彎 曲以使得其一高度自結構3之頂點部分至下部分逐漸降 =°應注意,摺邊部分3a可僅提供於結構3之周邊部分之 一部分處’㈣於改良剥離特性,合意地,提供於結構3 之整個周邊部分上。此外’當結構3係由凹部分構成時, 摺邊部分3a係形成於作為結構3之凹部分之—開口之一周 邊上之一彎曲表面。 結構3之高度(深度)並不進行特定限制且基於欲透射之 光之-波長範圍適當蚊為在(例如_奈米至28g奈米(入 意地為m奈米至奈米)之—範圍内。此處,結構3之高 度(深度)係結構3在跡線列方向上之—高度(深度)。當結構 3之高度低於1〇〇奈米時, 不丁吁夂射比趨於增加,而當結構3之 高度超過280奈米日夺’-預定電阻之確保趨於變得困難。 結構3之縱橫比(高度/配置間距)合意地在〇5至i ^,更人 意地為0.6至0.8之範圍内。當縱橫比低於Μ時,反射㈣ 及透射特性趨於劣〖,而當縱橫比超過146時在導電光 學器件之製造過程中,結構3之剝離特性趨於劣化,其結 果係不能完美地複製一複製品。 八。 此外’繁於改良反射特性,合意地,結構3之縱橫比在 〇.54至K46之範圍内。赛於改良透射特性,合意地,結構3 之縱橫比在0.6至1.0之範圍内。 應注意’在本申請案中’該縱橫比係由以下表達式⑴ 150653.doc 201113551 界定。 縱橫比=H/P...(1) 此處’ Η表示結構之一南度,且P表示一平均配置門距 (平均循環)。 此處,平均配置間距P由以下表達式(2)界定。 平均配置間距Ρ=(Ρ1+Ρ2 + Ρ2)/3·..(2) 此處’ Ρ 1表示在跡線延伸方向上之一配置間距(跡線延 伸方向循環),且Ρ2表示在相對於跡線延伸方向之一 方 向(假設θ=60°-δ,其中δ合意地,為Okssu。,更合竟地為 3°$δ£6°)上之一配置間距(Θ方向循環)。 此外’結構3之高度Η係結構3在列方向上之—高度。社 構3在跡線延伸方向(X方向)上之高度小於在列方向以方 向)上之咼度,且結構3在不同於在跡線延伸方向上之部八 之部分處之尚度大致與在列方向上之高度相同。因此,子 波長結構之咼度係由在列方向上之高度表示。當結構3係 由凹部分構成時,表達式(1)中結構之高度Η係結構之一深 度Η 〇 當結構3在相同跡線中之配置間距係由ρ丨表示且結構3在 兩個毗鄰跡線之間的配置間距係由ρ2表示時,—比率 Ρ1/Ρ2合意地滿足!或i 〇〇<ρι/ρ2^」之關 係。藉由如此設定數值範圍,可增加各自具有一橢圓錐體 形狀或一橢圓截頭錐體形狀之結構3之填充率,其結果係 可改良抗反射特性。 結構3在基板之表面上之填充率係65%或更大,合意地 150653.doc •19· 201113551 "。°1更大’更合意地為86%或更大,其中歷作為- -二稭由將填充率如此設定在彼等範圍内,可改良抗反 …。為增加該填充率,合意地,接合她鄰結構3之下 刀或藉由調整該等結構之底部表面之-橢圓率來使結構 3變形。 此處, 值。 結構3之填充率(平均填充率)係如下獲得之 首先使用- SEM(掃描電子顯微鏡)以俯視圖形式給導 電光學器件1之一表面拍日3。拔下步 ^ 囬狗…接下來,自所拍SEM照片隨 機選擇一早位胞1^以由此量測單位胞Uc之配置間距pi及 一跡線間距Τρ(參見圖18)。然後,藉由影像處理來量測定 位於單位胞Uc之中心處之結構3之底部表面之一面積s。隨 後,使用所量測配置間距?1、跡線間距邛及底部表面之面 積S來藉由以下表達式(3)獲得填充率。 填充率=(S(六方)/S(單位))* ι〇〇..·(3) 單位胞面積:S(單位)=ρι*2Τρ 早位胞内結構之底部表面的面積:§(六方)=2$ 針對自所拍SEM照片中隨機選擇之10個單位胞執行如上 文所述計算一填充率之處理。之後,僅對量測值求平均值 (算術中值)以獲得填充率之一平均率,且使用所獲得值作 為結構3在基板之表面上之填充率。 結構3重疊時或一子結構(諸如一突出部分6)係提供於結 構3之間時的填充率可藉由以下一方法獲得:使用對應於 結構3之高度之5%之一部分作為一臨限值來判定一面積 150653.doc -20- 201113551 比0 上圖7係用於闡釋在其中結構3之邊界係不明顯之—情況下 計算一填充率之-方法之—圖示。當結構3之邊界係不明 顯時,可藉由以下操作獲得填充率:#由—剖面随觀察 使用對應於結構3之高度匕之5%之-部A ( = (d/h” 1 00)作為 臨限值(如圖7中所示)而藉由高度d轉換結構3之一直徑。 當結構3之底部表㈣—㈣時,使用長軸及短軸執行相 同處理。 加 圖8係各自顯示當結構3之底部表面之一橢圓率改變時之 一底部表面組態之圖示。圖8八至81)中所示之卵形之橢圓 率分別係1〇〇%、110%、12〇%及141%。藉由如此改變橢圓 率’可改變結構3在基板之表面上之填充率。當結構3形成 準六方晶格圖案時,該結構之底部表面之一橢圓率e合意 地係100%<e<l50%或更小。此乃因,在該範圍内,可增 結構3之填充率,且可獲得極佳抗反射特性。 此處,當結構之底部表面在跡線方向(χ方向)上之一直 徑由a表示且在垂直於其之列方向(Y方向)上之—直徑由b 表不時,則橢圓率e由(a/b)*1〇〇界定。應注意,結構3之直 徑a及b係如下獲得之值。首先,使用一 SEM(掃描電子顯 微鏡)以俯視圖形式給導電光學器件i之一表面拍照,且自 所拍SEM照片隨機抽取丨〇個結構3。接下來,量測所抽取 結構3之底部表面之直徑&及b。然後,僅對量測值&及匕東 平均值(算術中值)以獲得結構3之直徑a及b。 圖9Λ顯示各自具有一錐體形狀或一截頭錐體形 150653.doc •21 - 201113551 3之配置實例。圖9B顯示各自具有一橢圓錐體形狀或一 橢圓截碩錐體形狀之結構3之一配置實例。如圖9A及中 所7τ σ思地,結構3之下部分以一重疊方式接合。具體 而。合思地,結構3之下部分與毗鄰結構3之下部分部分 地或整體地接合。更具體而言,合意地,在跡線方向上、 在Θ方向上或該兩個方向之兩者上接合結構3之下部分。圖 9Α及9Β各自顯示其中接合田比鄰結構3之所有下部分之一實 J藉由如此接合結構3,可增加結構3之填充率。合意 ^在將-折射率考量在内之—光學隸長度巾之一使用 環i兄ΤΊ玄等結構在對應力光波長帶之最大值或更 J之4刀處接合。因此,可獲得極佳抗反射特性。 當各自具有一橢圓錐體形狀或一橢圓截頭錐體形狀之結 構3之:部分如圖9B中所示接合至彼此時,接合部分a、b 及c之冋度按所陳述的接合部分&^及c之次序變小。具體 而。,相同跡線中之毗鄰結構3之下部分疊合以形成一第 接〇。卩刀a且在毗鄰跡線之間的毗鄰結構3之下部分疊合 以形成一第二接合部分b。一相交部分c形成在第一接合部 分a與第二接合部之一相交處。相交部分c之一位置(舉 例而言)低於第一接合部分a及第二接合部之位置。當 各自具有一橢圓錐體形狀或一橢圓截頭錐體形狀之結構3 之下σ卩刀接合時,第一接合部分&、第二接合部分6及相交 部分〇之高度按所陳述的次序變小。 一直徑2r與配置間距ρι之一比率((2r/pi)*i〇〇)係85%或 更大’合意地為90%或更大’更合意地為95%或更大。藉 150653.doc •22· 201113551 由如此設定彼等範圍,可增加結構3之填充率,且可改良 抗反射特性。若比率((2r/Pl)* 1〇〇)變大且結構3之重疊變為 太大,則抗反射特性趨於劣化。因此,合意地,設定比率 ((2r/Pl)* 1〇0)之—上限值以使得在將一折射率考量在内之 光學路徑長度中之一使用環境下將該等結構在對應於光波 長帶之最大值之1/4或更小之部分處接合至彼此。此處, 配置間距P 1係結構3在跡線方向上之一配置間距,且直徑 2r係該結構之底部表面在跡線方向上之一直徑。應注意, 當該結構之底部表面係圓形時,直徑2r變為一直徑,且當 該結構之底部表面係卵形時,直徑2r變為一最長直徑。 (透明導電層) 合意地,透明導電層4含有一透明氧化物半導體作為一 主要成分。該透明氧化物半導體之實例包含二元化合物 (諸如Sn〇2、In〇2、Zn〇及Cd〇)'三元化合物(其包含選自 由Sn、In、Zn及Cd構成之群組之至少一個元素作為該二元 化合物之構成元素)及多組分(複雜)氧化物。形成透明導電 層4之材料之實例包含ΙΤ〇(Ιη2〇3、“ο》、Αζ〇 (Αι2〇3、Become a tiny bump. Another _, joint 13⁄4. A ·. Another choice is 'micro holes can be formed on the surface of structure 3, such as the apex part. , '. The structure 3 is not limited to the convex structure 3 shown in the figures and may alternatively be formed by a concave portion formed on the surface of the substrate 2 by the shape 150653.doc • 16-201113551. The height of the structure 3 is not particularly limited and is exemplified by about 42 〇 nanometers, more specifically, 4 丨 5 nm to 421 nm. It should be noted that when the structure 3 is formed of a concave portion, the height of the structure 3 becomes one of the depths of the structure 3. One of the heights of the structure 3 in the direction in which the trace extends is desirably smaller than one of the degrees H2 of the structure 3 in the column direction. In other words, desirably, the heights m and H2 satisfy the relationship of H1 < H2. When the structure 3 is configured to satisfy one of the relations of HpH2, the arrangement pitch p丨 in the direction in which the trace extends is required to be elongated, with the result that the filling rate of the structure 3 in the direction in which the trace extends is lowered. Decreasing the fill rate as described above results in deterioration of the reflection characteristics. It should be noted that the aspect ratio of structure 3 need not be the same, and structure 3 can be constructed to have a certain height distribution (e.g., an aspect ratio in the range of 0.5 to 1 - 46). By thus providing the structure 3 having a height distribution, one wavelength dependency of the reflection characteristics can be suppressed. Therefore, one conductive optical device i having excellent anti-reflection characteristics can be realized. As used herein, the degree of distribution means that the structure 3 is formed on the surface of the substrate 2 at two or more different heights (depths). In other words, the structure 3 having a reference height and the structure 3 having a height different from one of the reference heights are formed on the surface of the substrate 2. For example, a structure 3 having a height different from the reference height is formed cyclically or non-circularly (randomly) on the surface of the substrate 2. For example, the direction of the trace extension and the direction of the column may be a cyclic direction. Desirably, a hem portion 3a is formed at a peripheral portion of each of the structures 3, since it is easily fabricated in a manufacturing process of one of the conductive optical devices from the mold 150653.doc 17-201113551 or the like. Stripping structure 3 becomes possible. The hem portion used herein refers to a portion formed at the bottom of the structure 3, the peripheral portion: a protruding portion. In the peeling property, desirably, the hemming portion & is curved such that a height thereof gradually decreases from the apex portion to the lower portion of the structure 3 = ° It should be noted that the hemming portion 3a may be provided only in the peripheral portion of the structure 3. A portion is '(d)) in the improved peeling property, desirably provided on the entire peripheral portion of the structure 3. Further, when the structure 3 is composed of a concave portion, the folded portion 3a is formed on one of the curved surfaces on the periphery of one of the openings as the concave portion of the structure 3. The height (depth) of the structure 3 is not particularly limited and is based on the wavelength of the light to be transmitted - the range of the appropriate mosquito is (for example, from - nanometer to 28 g nanometer (individually m nanometer to nanometer) Here, the height (depth) of the structure 3 is the height (depth) of the structure 3 in the direction of the trace column. When the height of the structure 3 is less than 1 〇〇 nanometer, the 夂 夂 夂 趋 趋 tend to increase However, when the height of the structure 3 exceeds 280 nm, the securing of the predetermined resistance tends to become difficult. The aspect ratio (height/arrangement pitch) of the structure 3 is desirably at 〇5 to i^, more desirably 0.6. In the range of 0.8. When the aspect ratio is lower than Μ, the reflection (four) and transmission characteristics tend to be inferior, and when the aspect ratio exceeds 146, the peeling characteristics of the structure 3 tend to deteriorate during the manufacturing process of the conductive optical device. As a result, a replica cannot be perfectly reproduced. VIII. In addition, 'there is a modification of the reflective property. Desirably, the aspect ratio of the structure 3 is in the range of 〇.54 to K46. The modified transmission characteristic, desirably, the structure 3 The aspect ratio is in the range of 0.6 to 1.0. It should be noted that 'in this application In the case of the case, the aspect ratio is defined by the following expression (1) 150653.doc 201113551. Aspect ratio = H/P...(1) where 'Η denotes one of the structures south, and P denotes an average configured gate distance (Average cycle) Here, the average arrangement pitch P is defined by the following expression (2). The average configuration pitch Ρ = (Ρ1 + Ρ 2 + Ρ 2) / 3 · .. (2) where ' Ρ 1 indicates the trace One of the extending directions is arranged at a pitch (trace extending direction loop), and Ρ2 is expressed in one direction with respect to the direction in which the trace extends (assuming θ=60°-δ, where δ is desirably, is Okssu.) The spacing is set in one of 3°$δ£6°) (Θ direction loop). In addition, the height of the structure 3 is the height of the lanthanide structure 3 in the column direction. The structure 3 is in the direction of the trace extension (X direction). The height above is less than the width in the direction of the column, and the extent of the structure 3 at a portion other than the portion eight in the direction in which the trace extends is substantially the same as the height in the column direction. Therefore, the intensity of the sub-wavelength structure is represented by the height in the column direction. When the structure 3 is composed of a concave portion, one of the heights of the structure of the structure (1) is deep Η 〇 when the structure 3 is arranged in the same trace, the structure is represented by ρ 且 and the structure 3 is adjacent to When the arrangement pitch between the traces is represented by ρ2, the ratio Ρ1/Ρ2 desirably satisfies the relationship of ! or i 〇〇 <ρι/ρ2^". By setting the numerical range in this way, the filling ratio of the structure 3 each having an elliptical cone shape or an elliptical frustum shape can be increased, and as a result, the antireflection property can be improved. The filling ratio of the structure 3 on the surface of the substrate is 65% or more, desirably 150653.doc •19·201113551 ". °1 is larger' more desirably 86% or more, wherein the calendar as the - two straws is set to be within such ranges, and the anti-reverse can be improved. To increase the fill rate, it is desirable to join the underlying structure 3 under the knife or to deform the structure 3 by adjusting the ellipticity of the bottom surface of the structures. Here, the value. The filling ratio (average filling ratio) of the structure 3 was obtained as follows. First, the surface of one surface of the electro-optical device 1 was photographed in a top view using SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope). Pulling the step back to the dog. Next, the SEM photograph taken randomly selects the early cell 1^ to thereby measure the arrangement pitch pi of the unit cell Uc and a trace pitch Τρ (see Fig. 18). Then, an area s of one of the bottom surfaces of the structure 3 located at the center of the unit cell Uc is measured by image processing. Then, use the measured configuration spacing? 1. The pitch of the trace and the area S of the bottom surface are obtained by the following expression (3). Filling rate = (S (hexagon) / S (unit)) * ι〇〇.. (3) Unit cell area: S (unit) = ρι * 2 Τ ρ The area of the bottom surface of the early intracellular structure: § (six squares ) = 2$ A process of calculating a filling rate as described above is performed for 10 unit cells randomly selected from the taken SEM photographs. Thereafter, only the measured values are averaged (arithmetic mean) to obtain an average rate of filling ratio, and the obtained value is used as the filling ratio of the structure 3 on the surface of the substrate. The filling rate when the structures 3 are overlapped or when a substructure (such as a protruding portion 6) is provided between the structures 3 can be obtained by the following method: using a portion corresponding to 5% of the height of the structure 3 as a threshold The value is used to determine an area 150653.doc -20- 201113551 than 0. Figure 7 above is used to illustrate the method of calculating a fill rate in the case where the boundary of structure 3 is not obvious. When the boundary of the structure 3 is not obvious, the filling rate can be obtained by the following operation: #由—The profile is observed using 5% of the height 匕 of the structure 3 - Part A (= (d/h" 1 00) As a threshold (as shown in Fig. 7), the diameter of one of the structures 3 is converted by the height d. When the bottom table (4) - (4) of the structure 3 is used, the same processing is performed using the long axis and the short axis. A graphical representation of one of the bottom surface configurations when one of the bottom surfaces of the structure 3 changes. The ellipticity of the ovals shown in Figures 8-8 to 81) are 1%, 110%, 12%, respectively. % and 141%. By changing the ellipticity in this way, the filling ratio of the structure 3 on the surface of the substrate can be changed. When the structure 3 forms a quasi-hexagonal lattice pattern, one ellipticity e of the bottom surface of the structure is desirably 100 %<e<l50% or less. This is because, within this range, the filling ratio of the structure 3 can be increased, and excellent anti-reflection characteristics can be obtained. Here, when the bottom surface of the structure is in the trace direction ( One of the diameters in the χ direction is represented by a and is perpendicular to the column direction (Y direction) - the diameter is represented by b, and the ellipses are The rate e is defined by (a/b)*1〇〇. It should be noted that the diameters a and b of the structure 3 are obtained as follows. First, one of the conductive optical devices i is given in a top view using an SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope). The surface is photographed, and a structure 3 is randomly selected from the SEM photograph taken. Next, the diameters of the bottom surface of the extracted structure 3 are measured & b. Then, only the measured values & (Arithmetic median) to obtain the diameters a and b of the structure 3. Fig. 9A shows a configuration example each having a pyramid shape or a frustoconical shape 150653.doc • 21 - 201113551 3. Fig. 9B shows that each has an elliptical cone An example of a configuration of a body shape or an elliptical truncated cone shape structure 3. As shown in Fig. 9A and Fig. 9A, the lower portion of the structure 3 is joined in an overlapping manner. Specifically, the structure 3 The lower portion is partially or integrally joined to the lower portion of the adjacent structure 3. More specifically, it is desirable to engage the lower portion of the structure 3 in the direction of the trace, in the meandering direction, or both. Figure 9Α and 9Β each show that the adjacent field structure 3 By combining the structure 3 in this way, the filling rate of the structure 3 can be increased by the joint structure 3. It is desirable to use one of the optical length lengths in the one-to-refractive index. The maximum value of the wavelength band of the force light or the junction of the 4 knives of J. Therefore, excellent anti-reflection characteristics can be obtained. When each has an elliptical cone shape or an elliptical frustum shape structure 3: part of the figure When joined to each other as shown in Fig. 9B, the twists of the joint portions a, b, and c become smaller in the order of the joint portions & m and c as stated. Specifically, the portion of the same trace adjacent to the structure 3 Superimposed to form a first joint. The trowel a and partially overlap under the adjacent structure 3 between adjacent tracks to form a second joint portion b. An intersecting portion c is formed at an intersection of the first joint portion a and one of the second joint portions. One of the intersecting portions c is located (for example) lower than the positions of the first engaging portion a and the second engaging portion. When the σ knives are joined under the structure 3 each having an elliptical pyramid shape or an elliptical frustum shape, the heights of the first joint portion & second joint portion 6 and the intersecting portion 〇 are in the stated order Become smaller. A ratio of a diameter 2r to a configuration pitch ρι ((2r/pi)*i〇〇) is 85% or more 'desirably 90% or more' more desirably 95% or more. By 150653.doc •22· 201113551 By setting these ranges in this way, the filling rate of the structure 3 can be increased, and the anti-reflection characteristics can be improved. If the ratio ((2r/Pl)* 1〇〇) becomes large and the overlap of the structure 3 becomes too large, the anti-reflection characteristic tends to deteriorate. Therefore, desirably, the upper limit value of the ratio ((2r/Pl)*1〇0) is set such that the structure corresponds to one of the optical path lengths in which a refractive index is considered Portions of 1/4 or less of the maximum value of the wavelength band of light are bonded to each other. Here, the arrangement pitch P 1 is a configuration in which one of the structures 3 is arranged in the track direction, and the diameter 2r is a diameter of one of the bottom surfaces of the structure in the direction of the trace. It should be noted that when the bottom surface of the structure is circular, the diameter 2r becomes a diameter, and when the bottom surface of the structure is oval, the diameter 2r becomes a longest diameter. (Transparent Conductive Layer) Desirably, the transparent conductive layer 4 contains a transparent oxide semiconductor as a main component. Examples of the transparent oxide semiconductor include a binary compound (such as Sn〇2, In〇2, Zn〇, and Cd〇) 'ternary compound (which contains at least one selected from the group consisting of Sn, In, Zn, and Cd) The element acts as a constituent of the binary compound) and a multicomponent (complex) oxide. Examples of the material forming the transparent conductive layer 4 include ΙΤ〇(Ιη2〇3, "ο", Αζ〇 (Αι2〇3,

ZnO:銘摻雜氧化辞)、SZ〇'FT〇(氣換雜氧化錫)、Sn〇〆氧 化錫)、GZO(鎵摻雜氧化鋅)及IZ〇(In2〇3、Zn〇 :氧化銦 鋅)。在彼等實例中,馨於高可靠性及一低電阻,ιτ〇係合 意的。合意地,構成該透明導電層4之材料處於一非晶形_ 多晶混合狀態中以提高一導電性。透明導電層4係沿結構3 之表面組態形成,且合意地,結構3及透明導電層4之表面 組態係幾乎相|5]。此乃因可抑制因透明導電層4之形成所 150653.doc 23· 201113551 致一折射率曲線之一改變,且可維持極佳抗反射特性及透 射特性。 (金屬膜) 合意地,形成金屬膜(導電膜)5作為透明導電層4之一基 底層,此乃因減小一電阻、減小透明導電層4之一厚度及 當僅藉助透明導電層4導電性不能達到一充分值時補償導 電性變為可能。金屬膜5之膜厚度並不進行特定限制且舉 例而Q,可设疋為約數個奈米。由於金屬膜$具有高導電 性,因此可藉助數個奈米之一膜厚度獲得一充分表面電 阻。此外,在約數個奈米之膜厚度之情形下,幾乎不存在 光學影響,諸如金屬膜5之吸收及反射。合意&amp;,使用具 有阿導電性之一金屬材料作為形成金屬膜5之材料。此一 材料之實例包含Ag、A卜Cu、Ti、Nb及經掺雜Sie在彼等 材料中,考量到高導電性及實際使用效能,Ag係合意的。 儘管一表面電阻可僅藉助金屬膜5來確保,但若金屬膜5係 極薄,則金屬膜5變為一島狀結構,其結果係確保導電性 變得困難。在此情況下,為電連接島狀金屬膜5,將透明 導電層4形成為金屬膜5之上層變為重要。 (捲軸母板之結構) _ 顯示用於製造具有 —“〜 守电艽字器件 捲軸母板之一結構實例。如圖1〇中所示,一捲軸母板 有其令作為凸部分之大量結構13以約與光(諸如可見^ 一波長相同之間距配置於一基質12之一表面上之一結 基質12具有一圓筒形形狀或一圓柱形形狀。可使用 150653.doc •24· 201113551 而。)玻璃作為基質12之一材料,但並不特定限於此。使 用後文欲闡述之—捲軸基質曝光裝置,可在空間上聯接二 維圖案’針對每—跡線使—極性反轉格式化器信號與一記 錄裝置之一旋轉控制器同步以產生-信號,且藉由CAV以 一適當饋送間距圖案化-圖案。因此,可記錄六方晶格圖 案或準六方晶格圖案。藉由適當設定極性反轉格式化器信 號之-頻率及捲軸之一 rpm,在一所需記錄區域中形成具 有一均勻空間頻率之一晶格圖案。 (導電光學器件之製造方法) 接下來,⑼圖UU,冑闊述用於如上文所述所構造 之導電光學器件1之一製造方法。 用於根據該第一實施例之導電光學器件丨之製造方法包 3 在基質上形成一光阻劑層之一光阻劑沈積步驟、使 用-捲軸基質曝光裝置在該光阻劑層上形成一蠅眼式圖案 之一潛像之一曝光步驟及顯影其上形成該潛像之該光阻劑 層之-顯影步驟。該方法亦包含使用電隸刻製造一捲轴 母板之一蝕刻步驟、藉由紫外光可固化樹脂製造一複製基 板之一複製步驟,及將一透明導電層沈積在該複製基板上 之一沈積步驟。 (曝光裝置之結構) 首先,參照圖11,將闡述蠅眼式圖案曝光步驟中所使用 之捲軸基質曝光裝置之一結構。該捲軸基質曝光裝置係基 於一光學圓盤記錄裝置而構造。 一雷射光源21係用於曝光沈積在基質12之一表面上作為 150653.doc •25- 201113551 一 S己錄媒體之一光阻劑之一光源且發射具有(舉例而言)266 奈米之一波長λ之記錄雷射光15。自雷射光源21發射之雷 射光15作為一平行光束向前行進且進入一電光器件 (ΕΟΜ ·電光調變器)22。已透射穿過該電光器件22之雷射 光1 5由一反射鏡23反射且被引導至一調變光學系統25。 反射鏡23係由一偏振分束器構成且具有反射一個偏振分 量並致使另一偏振分量從中透射之一功能。已透射穿過反 射鏡23之偏振分量由一光電二極體24接收,且一光接收信 號用於控制電光器件22以便執行對雷射光i 5之一相位調 變。 在調變光學系統25中,雷射光15經由一聚光透鏡26由一 聲光器件(AOM :聲光調變器)27收集,該聲光器件係由玻 璃(Si〇2)形成。在雷射光15由聲光器件27進行強度調變且 傳播之後,一透鏡28使其成為一平行光束。自調變光學系 統25發射之雷射光1 5由一反射鏡3 1反射且作為平行光束被 水平引導至一移動光學台32。 移動光學台32包含一擴束器33及一物鏡34。引導至移動 光學台32之雷射光15由擴束器33整形為一預定光束形狀且 之後經由物鏡34輻照至基質12上之一光阻劑層上。基質12 放置在連接至一主軸馬達35之一轉臺36上。然後,在使基 夤12旋轉且在基質12之一高度方向上移動雷射光15之同 時,將雷射光1 5間歇地輻照至該光阻劑層上。因此,執行 該光阻劑層曝光步驟。所形成潛像具有近似一印形形狀, 該卵形形狀在一圓周方向上具有一長軸,雷射光束15之移 150653.doc •26· 201113551 動係藉由移動光學台32在由箭頭r指示之一方向上之—移 動來執行。 δ亥曝光裝置包含用於在該光阻劑層上形成對應於圖1 B中 所不之二維六方晶格或準六方晶格圖案之一潛像之一控制 機構37。該控制機構37包含一格式化器29及一驅動器30。 格式化器29包含一極性反轉部分,其控制雷射光15相對於 遠光阻劑層之一輻照計時。驅動器3 〇在接收到該極性反轉 部分之一輸出之後控制聲光器件2 7。 在該捲軸基質曝光裝置中,針對每一跡線使一極性反轉 格式化器信號與一記錄裝置之一旋轉控制器同步以產生一 信號從而在空間上聯接二維圖案,且該信號之一強度由聲 光器件27調變。藉由以一恆定角速度(CAV)、一適當卬爪、 一適當調變頻率及一適當饋送間距執行圖案化,可記錄六 方晶格圖案或準六方晶格圖案。舉例而言,饋送間距僅需 要设定為251奈米以將圓周方向上之循環設定為315奈米且 將在相對於該圓周方向為約6〇度(約_6〇度方向)之一方向上 之一循環設定為3〇〇奈米(勾股定理),如圖1〇B中所示。該 極性反轉格式化H信號之—頻率藉由捲轴之卿(例如了 酬卿、900 rpm、45〇 rpm及⑵rpm)改變。舉例而 言’該極性反轉格式化器信號之對應於捲軸之刪啊、 900 rpm、450 rpm及 225 rpm之頻率分別係 37 7m ⑽5施、9·34驗及4.71黯。—所需記錄區域中具 有-均勾空間頻率(315_奈米圓周循環、在相對於圓周方向 約60度方向(約·6〇度方向)上之3〇〇奈米循環)之準六方晶 150653.doc -27- 201113551 格圖案由以下步驟獲得:藉由移動光學台32上之擴束器 (BEX)33將遠紫外雷射光之一光束直徑擴大至5倍於該光束 直杧,經由具有0.9之一 NA(數值孔徑)之物鏡34將該雷射 光轄照至基質12上之光阻劑層上及形成—微小潛像。 (光阻劑沈積步驟) 首先,如圖12A中所示,製備一圓筒形基質12。基質 12(舉例而言)係一玻璃基質^接下來,如圖uB中所示,' 一光阻劑層丨4形成於基質12之一表面上。可使用(舉例而 言)一有機光阻劑或一無機光阻劑作為光阻劑層14之材 料。可使用(舉例而言)酚醛光阻劑或化學放大光阻劑作為 有機光阻劑。可使用(舉例而言)由—種或兩種或更多種類 型之過度金屬構成之金屬氧化物作為無機光阻劑。 (曝光步驟) 隨後,如圖12C中所示’冑用上文所述捲轴基質曝光裝 置W光(曝光光束)15輻照至光阻劑層14上,同時使 基質12旋轉。此時’藉由間歇地輻照雷射以同時在基質 之阿度方向(平行於圓筒形或圓柱形基質丨2之中心轴 之方向)上移動雷射光15,曝光光阻劑層14之整個表面。 因此’在光阻㈣14之整個表面上以約與可見光之波長相 同之間距形成對應於雷射光15之一軌跡之潛像16。 潛像16經配置以便在基質之表面上形成複數列跡線並由 此H、方格圖案或準六方晶格圖帛。潛像! 6各自具有 即形开v狀。亥即形形狀在跡線延伸方向上具有一長轴方 向。 150653.doc 28- 201113551 (顯影步驟) 接下來,將一顯影劑滴塗在光阻劑層14上同時使基質12 走轉且光阻劑丨4因此如圖13A中所示經受顯影處理。當 光阻劑層14形成為如圖中所示之__正型光阻劑時,與一未 曝光部分相比’關於該_劑之—溶解率在由雷射光_ 光之一經曝光部分處增加,其結果係在光阻 對應於潛像(經曝光部分)16之一圖案。 I成 (蝕刻步驟) 接下來,使用形成於基質12上之光阻劑層14上之 固系 (光阻劑圖案)作為-遮罩使基質12之表面經受敍刻處理 因此’如圖UB中所示’可獲得具有一橢圓椎體形狀或一 橢圓截頭椎體形狀(其在跡線延伸方向上具有一長轴方向: 之凹部分(亦即結構13)。舉例而言,該敍刻係藉由幹式敍 刻來執行。此時,藉由交替執行蝕刻處理及灰化處理,可 形成錐形結構13之圖案。此外,巧造具有3倍或更多倍 於光阻劑層14之深度(3或更大之選擇性)之—麵母板且增 加結構3之—縱橫比。作為乾式㈣,使用_捲軸㈣裝 置之電漿蝕刻係受歡迎。 藉由執行上文所述步驟,可獲得具有六方晶格圖案或準 六方晶格圖案之一捲軸母板11,豸晶格圖案由各自具有約 120奈米至350奈米之一深度之凹部分構成。 (複製步驟) 接下來,將捲軸母板U與其上施加有_轉印㈣之基板 2(例如―片)彼此f密接觸刻料射線輻照㈣行固化及 150653.doc •29· 201113551 =因ι作為凸部分之複數個結構如圖i3c中所示形 二土板2之一個主表面上’且製造一導電光學器件1,例 如一罐眼式紫外光可固化複製片。 、㈣印材料由(例如)—紫外光可固化材料及—引發劑構 ' :祀據為要包含一填充劑、一功能添加劑及類似材料。 該!外光可固化材料係由(例如)單功能性單體、雙功能 &amp;單體、多功能性單體或類似材料構成。具體而言,該紫 外光可IU化材料係藉由單獨使用上文所述材料或混合該複 數種材料來獲得。 。亥單功旎性單體之實例包含羧酸(丙烯酸)、羥基化合物 (丙烯酸2-羥乙基酯、丙烯酸2_羥丙基酯及丙烯酸4_羥丁基 6曰)、烧基類、脂環族化合物(丙烯酸異丁酯、丙烯酸第三 丁酯 丙烯酸異辛酯、丙烯酸月桂基酯、丙烯酸硬脂基 醋、丙烯酸異冰片基酯及丙烯酸環己酯)、其他功能性單 體(丙烯酸2-曱氧基乙酯、甲氧基乙二醇丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸 2-乙氧基乙基酯、丙烯酸四氫糠基酯、丙烯酸苄酯、乙基 卡必醇丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸苯氧基乙基酯、丙烯酸Ν,Ν·二曱 胺基乙酯、Ν,Ν-二甲胺基丙基丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基丙烯 醯胺、丙烯醯基嗎啉、Ν-異丙基丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基丙 烯醯胺、Ν-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、丙烯酸2-(全氟辛基)乙基 酯、丙烯酸3-全氟己基-2-羥基丙酯、丙烯酸3-全氟辛基-2-羥丙酯、丙烯酸2-(全氟癸基)乙酯、丙烯酸2-(全氟-3-甲基 丁基)乙酯)、2,4,6-三溴苯酚丙烯酸酯、2,4,6-三溴笨酚曱 基丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸2-(2,4,6-三溴苯氧基)乙酯)及丙烯酸 150653.doc •30· 201113551 2-乙基己酯。 雙功能性單體之實例包含三(丙二醇)二丙烯酸酯、三羥 甲基丙烧二芳基醚及丙稀酸胺基甲酸酯。 多功能性單體之實例包含三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、聚 一異戊四醇五丙稀酸S旨及聚二異戊四醇六丙稀酸醋。 引發劑之實例包含2,2·二甲氧基二苯基乙烷_丨_酮、 卜羥基環己基苯基酮及2-羥基-2-曱基-1-苯基丙_丨_酮。 可使用(舉例而言)無機粒子或有機粒子作為填充劑。無 機粒子之實例包含Si〇2、Ti〇2、Zr〇2、Sn〇2、Al2〇3及類 似物之金屬氧化物粒子。 功能性添加劑之實例包含一均化劑、一表面調節劑及一 消泡劑。基板2之材料之實例包含甲基丙烯酸曱酯(共)聚 物、聚碳酸酯、苯乙烯(共)聚物、甲基丙烯酸曱酯-笨乙烯 共聚物、二乙酸纖維素 '三乙酸纖維素、乙酸丁酸纖維 素、聚酯、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚醚碾、聚砜、聚丙烯、 聚曱基戊烯、聚氯乙烯、聚乙烯醇縮醛、聚醚酮、聚胺基 甲酸酯及玻璃。 形成一基板2之方法並不進行特定限制且可係注入模 製、擠壓模製或鑄造模製。可根據需要在基板之表面上執 行表面處理,例如電暈處理。 (金屬膜沈積步驟) 接下來,如圖14A中所示,將一金屬膜沈積在基板2之其 上已根據需要开〉成結構3之凹凸表面上。除一 方去(化 學氣相沈積Μ吏兩化學反應自氣相沈積薄膜之技術)(例如 150653.doc -31 · 201113551 熱CVD、„CVD及光學CVD)之外,可使用—ρν〇方法 (物理氣相沈積:藉由將在真空中物理氣化之材料聚集在 基板上來形成薄膜之技術)(例如真空氣相沈積、電漿輔助 氣相沈積、濺鍍及離子電鍍)作為用於一金屬膜之一沈積 方法。 (導電膜沈積步驟) 接下來’如圖14B中所示’將一透明導電層沈積在基板: 之其上已形成結構3之凹凸表面上。可使用(舉例而言)與上 文所述沈積一金屬膜之方法相同之一方法作為沈積一透明 導電層之方法。 根據該第一實施例,可提供具有一極高透射比及較少反 射之一導電光學器件i。由於抗反射功能係藉由在表面上 形成複數個結構3來實現,因此一波長相依性係低且一角 相依性比一光學膜式透明導電層之角相依性低。一極佳生 產率及低成本可藉由使用一奈米壓印技術且選用一高通量 膜結構而不使用一多層光學膜來實現。 &lt;2.第二實施例&gt; (導電光學器件之結構) 圖1 5 A係根據一第二實施例之一導電光學器件之一結構 實例之一示意平面圖。圖15B係圖15A中所示導電光學器 件之一部分放大平面圖。圖15C係圖15B之跡線T1、 T3、…之一剖視圖。圖15D係圖15B之跡線T2、T4、...之 一剖視圖。圖15Ε係顯示形成對應於圖丨5Β之跡線丁 j、 Τ3…之潛像所使用之雷射光之一調變波形之一示意圖。圖 150653.doc -32· 201113551 bF係顯示形成對應於圖15B之跡線丁2、τ4..·之潛像所使 用之雷射光之一調變波形之一示意圖。 該第二實施例之導電光學器件1與該第一實施例之導電 光學器件的不同之處在於結構3橫跨三個毗鄰跡線形成一 方aa格圖案或一準正方晶格圖案。在當前實施例中,準 正方晶格圖案不同於一規則正方晶格圖案且係指藉由在跡 線延伸方向(X方向)上延伸該規則正方晶格圖案以使其變 形來獲得之一規則正方晶格圖案。 結構3之高度或深度並非進行特性限制且設定在(例 如)1〇〇奈米至280奈米,合意地11〇奈米至28〇奈米之範圍 内。此處’結構3之高度(深度)係結構3在跡線延伸方向上 之一高度(深度)。當結構3之高度低於1 〇〇奈米時,反射比 趨於增加,而當結構3之高度超過280奈米時,一預定電阻 之確保趨於變得困難《在相對於該等跡線(約)45度之一方 向上之配置間距P2係(例如)約200奈米至300奈米。結構3 之縱橫比(南度/配置間距)合意地係在約〇 · 5 4至1.13之範圍 内。此外’結構3之縱橫比不需要係相同,且結構3可經構 造以具有某一高度分佈。 結構3在相同跡線中之配置間距P1合意地係長於結構3在 兩個毗鄰跡線之間的配置間距P2。此外,當結構3在相同 跡線中之配置間距係由P1表示且結構3在兩個毗鄰跡線之 間的配置間距係由P2表示時,合意地,一比率P1/P2滿足 1.4&lt;P1/P2S1.5之一關係。藉由設定此一數值範圍,可改良 各自具有一橢圓椎體形狀或一橢圓截頭椎體形狀之結構3 150653.doc •33· 201113551 之一填充率,其結果係可改良抗反射特性。此外,合意 地,結構3在相對於該等跡線之一 45度方向或近似45度方 向上之向度或深度小於結構3在跡線延伸方向上之高度或 深度》 合思地’結構3在相對於跡線延伸方向傾斜之陣列方向 (Θ方向)上之高度H2小於結構3在跡線延伸方向上之高度 H1。換言之,合意地,高度H1及H2滿足H1&gt;H2之一關 係。 圖16係結構3之底部表面之一橢圓率改變時之一底部表 面組態之一圖示。印形3!、32及3:3之擴圓率分別係1〇〇%、 1 6 3 · 3 %及14 1 %。藉由如此改變該橢圓率,可改變結構3在 基板之表面上之填充率。當結構3形成一正方晶格圖案或 準正方晶格圖案時’該結構之底部表面之一糖圓率6合 ,¾、地係1 50%;£eSl 80%。此乃因,在該範圍内,可增加结構 3之填充率’且可獲得極佳抗反射特性。 結構3在基板之表面上之填充率係6 5 %或更大,合意地 係73%或更大’更合意地係86%或更大,其中ι〇〇%作為一 上限。藉由將該填充率如此設定在彼等範圍内,可改良抗 反射特性。 此處’結構3之填充率(平均填充率)係如下獲得之一 值。 首先,使用一 SEM(掃面電子顯微鏡)以俯視圖形式給導 電光學器件1之表面拍照。接下來,自所拍SEM照片隨機 選擇一單位胞Uc以由此量測該單位胞Uc之配置間距ρι及 150653.doc -34- 201113551 跡線間距ΤΡ(參見圖15B)。然後,藉由影像處理量測該單 位胞Uc中四個結構3中之任一者之底部表面之—面積s。隨 後,使用所量測配置間距P1、跡線間距丁?及底部表面之面 積S藉由以下表達式(4)來獲得填充率。 填充率=(s(正方)/S(單位))* ι〇〇··.(4) 單位胞面積:S(單位)=2*((Ρ1*Τρ)*(1/2))=Ρΐ* 丁 ρ 單位胞内之結構之底部表面的面積:s(正方)=s 針對自所拍SEM照片隨機選擇之10個單位胞執行上文所 述計算一填充率之處理。之後,僅對量測值求平均值(算 術中值)以獲得該填充率之一平均率,且使用所獲得值作 為結構3在基板之表面上之填充率。 直徑2r與配置間距P1之比率((2r/pi)M〇〇)係64%或更 大,合意地為69%或更大,更合意地為73%或更大。藉由 如此設定彼等範圍,可增加結構3之填充率,且可改^抗 反射特性。此處,配置間距?1係結構3在跡線方向上之一 配置間距’且直徑2:係該結構之底部表面在跡線方向上之 一直徑。應注意,當該結構之底部表面係圓形時,直徑以 變為一直徑,且當該結構之底部表面係卵形時,直徑心變 為一最長直徑。 (捲軸母板之結構) 圖Π顯示用於製造具有上文所述結構之一導電光學器件 之一捲軸母板之一結構實例。此捲軸母板與該第一實施例 之捲軸母板的不同之處在於凹結構13在表面上形成一正方 晶格圖案或一準正方晶格圖案。 150653.doc -35- 201113551 使用捲軸基質曝光裝置,在空間上聯接二維圖案,針對 每一跡線使一極性反轉格式化器信號與一記錄裝置之一旋 轉控制同步以產生一信號及藉由C A V以一適當饋送間距 圖案化一圖案。因此’可記錄一正方晶格圖案或一準正方 晶格圖案。合意地’藉由適當設定該極性反轉格式化器信 號之一頻率及該捲軸之一 rpm ’在基質12上之光阻劑之一 所需記錄區域中藉由輻照雷射光形成具有一均勻空間頻率 之一晶格圖案。 &lt;3·第三實施例&gt; (導電光學器件之結構) 圖18A係顯示根據一第三實施例之一導電光學器件之一 結構實例之一示意平面圖。圖丨8B係圖丨8A中所示導電光 學器件之一部分放大平面圖。圖18C係圖18B之跡線T1、 T3、…之一剖視圖。圖18D係圖18B之跡線Τ2、τ4、..·之 一剖視圖。 該第三實施例之導電光學器件1與該第一實施例之導電 光學器件的不同之處在於跡線τ形成為一弧形且結構3沿該 弧形配置。如圖18Β中所示,結構3經配置以形成準六方晶 格圖案,其中結構3之中心分別定位於橫跨三個毗鄰跡線 (Τ1至Τ3)之點&amp;1至一處。此處,準六方晶格圖案係指不同 於規則六方晶格圖案且沿跡線τ之弧形拉伸及變形之六方 晶格圖案或係指不同於規則六方晶格圖案且在跡線延伸方 向(X方向)上拉伸及變形之六方晶格圖案。 由於導電光學器件1之除上文所述結構之外之結構與該 150653.doc •36· 201113551 第一實施例之彼等結構相同,因此將省略對其說明。 (圓盤母板之結構) 圖19A及19B顯示用於製造具有上文所述結構之一導電 光學器件之一圓盤母板之一結構實例。如圖19A及19B中 所示,一圓盤母板41具有其中作為凹部分之大量結構43配 置在一圓盤狀基質42之一表面上之一結構。在該導電光學 器件1之一使用環境下結構43循環地且在二維上以等於或 小於光之一波長帶之一配置間距配置’例如係與可見光之 一波長相同級別之一配置間距。舉例而言,將結構43配置 在同心或螺旋跡線上。 由於圓盤母板41之除上文所述結構之外之結構與該第一 實施例之捲軸母板11之彼等結構相同,因此將省略對其說 明。 (製造導電光學器件之方法) 首先,參照圖20,將闡述用於製造具有上文所述結構之 一圓盤母板41之一曝光裝置。 移動光學台32包含擴束器33、一反射鏡38及物鏡34。引 導至移動光學台32之雷射光15藉由擴束器33整形為一預定 光束形狀且之後經由反射鏡3 8及物鏡3 4輕照至圓盤狀基質 42上之一光阻劑層上。將基質42放置在連接至主軸馬達35 之一轉臺(未顯示)上。然後’當使基質42旋轉且在基質42 之一徑向方向上移動雷射光15之同時,將雷射光15間歇地 輕照至基質42上之光阻劑層上。因此,執行光阻劑層曝光 步驟。所形成潛像具有近似一卵形形狀,該卵形形狀在一 150653.doc •37- 201113551 圓周方向上具有一長軸。雷射光15之移動係藉由移動光學 台32在由箭頭R指示之一方向上之一移動來執行。 圖20中所示曝光裝置包含用於在光阻劑層上形成對鹿於 圖18B中所示一二維六方晶格或準六方晶格圖案之一潛像 之控制機構37。控制機構37包含格式化器29及驅動器3〇。 格式化器29包含一極性反轉部分,該極性反轉部分控制雷 射光15相對於光阻劑層之一輻照計時。驅動器3〇在接收該 極性反轉部分之一輸出之後控制聲光器件2 7。 控制機構37針對每一跡線同步藉由聲光器件27對雷射光 15之一強度調變、主軸馬達35之一驅動旋轉速度及移動光 學台32之一移動速度以便空間上聯接二維圖案作為潛像。 基質42經控制以一恆定角速度(CAV)旋轉。然後,在藉由 主軸馬達35之基質42之一適當rpm、藉由聲光器件”之雷 射光15之一雷射強度之一適當頻率調變及藉由移動光學台 32之雷射光15之一適當饋送間距下執行圖案化。因此,在 光阻劑層上形成六方晶格圖案或準六方晶格圖案之一潛 像。 卜極眭反轉部分之一控制信號係逐漸改變以使得空 間頻率變得均勻(潛像之圖案密度’ ρι : 33〇奈米及Μ: 3〇〇奈米、Pi : 315奈米及p2 : 275奈米或ρι : 3〇〇奈米及 P2 : 265奈更具體而f,在才目對於每一跡線之光阻劑 層改變雷射光15之輻照循環之同時執行一曝光,及在控制 機構37中執打雷射光15之一頻率調變以使得每一跡線丁中 之P1變為近似330奈米(或315奈米、3〇〇奈米)。換言之, 150653.doc -38- 201113551 控制該調變以使得隨著該跡線之位置進一步遠離圓盤狀基 質42之中心移動雷射光之輻照循環變得越來越短。因此, 可在基板之整個表面上形成具有一均勻空間頻率之一奈米 圖案。 • 此後,將闡述製造根據該第三實施例之一導電光學器件 之方法之一實例。 首先’使用具有上文所述結構之曝光裝置,以除曝光形 成於該圓盤狀基質上之該光阻劑層之外與該第一實施例中 相同之方式製造圓盤母板41。接下來,將圓盤母板41與其 上已施加有紫外光可固化樹脂之基板2(例如丙烯酸片)彼此 緊密接近且用紫外射線輻照以由此固化該紫外光可固化樹 月曰此後,自圓盤母板41剝離基板2。因此,可獲得其中 複數個結構3配置於該表面上之—圓盤狀光學器件。接下 來,在該光學器件之其中形成複數個結構3之一凹凸表面 上,在根據需要沈積一金屬膜5之後沈積一透明導電層4。 因此,可獲得—圓盤狀導電光學器件i。隨後,自該圓盤 狀導電光學器件丨切去一預定形狀(例如一矩形)之導電光學 器件1。因此,製造一所需導電光學器件i。 根據該第三實施例,可如在其中線性配置結構3之情況 下樣獲仔具有—南生產率及極佳抗反射特性之一導電光 學器件1。 &lt;4_第四實施例&gt; 圖21A係根據-第四實施例之—導電光學器件之一結構 實例之一示意平面圖。圖21B係顯示圖21A中所示導電光 150653.doc -39- 201113551 學器件之一部分放大平面圖。 該第四實施例之導電光學器件1與該第一實施例之導電 光學器件的不同之處在於結構3曲折地配置於跡線上(此 後’稱為擺動跡線)。合意地,使基板2上跡線之擺動同 步。換§之,合意地’使擺動為同步擺動。藉由如此同步 化該等擺動,可維持六方晶格或準六方晶格之一單位胞組 態’且可保持填充率為高。可使用(舉例而言)一正弦曲線 或一三角波作為擺動跡線之一波形。該等擺動跡線之波形 並不限於一循環波形且可係一非循環波形。將該等擺動跡 線之一擺動振幅設定為(例如)約± 1 〇 。 該第四實施例之除上文所述結構之外之結構與該第一實 施例之彼等結構相同。 根據該第四實施例’由於結構3配置在擺動跡線上,因 此可抑制一外觀方面之不平緩。 &lt;5.第五實施例&gt; 圖2 2 A係顯示根據一第五實施例之一導電光學器件之一 結構實例之一示意平面圖。圖22B係圖22A中所示導電光 學器件之一部分放大平面圖。圖22C係圖22B之跡線T1、 T3、…之一剖視圖。圖22D係圖22B之跡線T2、T4、…之 一剖視圖。圖23係圖22A中所示導電光學器件之一部分放 大透視圖。 該第五實施例之導電光學器件丨與該第一實施例之導電 光學器件的不同之處在於大量結構3作為凹部分配置在基 板之表面上。結構3具有藉由顛倒該第一實施例之結構3之 150653.doc -40- 201113551 凸形狀獲得之一凹形狀。應注意,當結構3形成為如上文 所述凹部分時,將作為凹部分之結構3之—開口(凹部分之 進入部分)界定為一下部分,而將結構3在深度方向上之一 最低部分(凹部分之最深部分)界定為一頂點部分。=言 之,頂點部分及下部部分由結構3界定為一非物質空間: 此外,由於結構3在第五實施例中係凹部分,因此在表達 式(1)及類似表達式中結構3之高度H變為結構3之一深度 Η。 該第五實施例之除上文所述結構之外之結構與該第一實 施例之彼等結構相同。 由於在該第五實施例中顛倒該第一實施例之凸結構3之 形狀,因此該第五實施例具有與該第一實施例相同之效 應。 &lt;6.第六實施例&gt; 圖24Α係顯示根據一第六實施例之一導電光學器件之一 結構實例之一示意平面圖。圖24B係圖24A中所示導電光 學器件之一部分放大平面圖。圖24C係圖24B之跡線T1、 T3、…之一剖視圖。圖24D係圖24B之跡線T2、T4、 之 一剖視圖。圖25係圖24A中所示導電光學器件之一部分放 大透視圖。 導電光學器件1包含基板2、形成於基板2之表面上之複 數個結構3及形成於結構3上之透明導電層4。合意地,鑒 於改良一表面電阻在結構3與透明導電層4之間額外提供金 屬臈5。結構3係各自具有一金字塔形狀之凸部分。毗鄰結 150653.doc -41 · 201113551 構3之下部分接合至彼此同時彼此重疊。在紕鄰結構3中, 最她鄰之結構3合意地係配置在跡線方向上。此乃因在後 文欲闡述之製造方法中易於將最毗鄰之結構3配置於此等 位置處。導電光學器件1具有防止進入基板之其上形成有 結構3之表面之光之一反射之一功能。在以下闡述中,在 基板2之一個主表面内垂直之兩個軸將分別稱為χ軸及γ 軸,且垂直於基板2之該主表面之一軸將稱為z軸。此外, 當在結構3中存在空餘部分Μ,合意地,在該等空餘部 分2a上形成一微小凹凸組態。藉由提供此一微小凹凸組 態’可額外減少導電光學器件1之反射比。 圖26顯示根據該第六實施例之導電光學器件之一折射率 曲線之-實例。如圖26中所示,結構3相對於深度方向(圖 24A中之-Z方向)之一有效折射率以_s曲線朝向基板2逐漸 增加。具體而f ’該折射率曲線包含_個反曲點n。該反 曲點N對應於結構3之一側表 π囬、.且態。精由如此改變有效折 ^率’減小-反射(此乃因邊界對於光變為不明顯)及改良 導電光學器件1之抗反射特性變為可能。合意地,相對於 深度方向之有效折射率之改變ZnO: Ming doping oxidation), SZ〇'FT〇 (gas-doped tin oxide), Sn〇〆 tin oxide), GZO (gallium-doped zinc oxide) and IZ〇 (In2〇3, Zn〇: indium oxide Zinc). In their examples, the high reliability and low resistance are desirable. Desirably, the material constituting the transparent conductive layer 4 is in an amorphous-polycrystalline mixed state to improve a conductivity. The transparent conductive layer 4 is formed along the surface of the structure 3, and desirably, the surface configuration of the structure 3 and the transparent conductive layer 4 is almost |5]. This is because the change of one of the refractive index curves due to the formation of the transparent conductive layer 4 can be suppressed, and excellent anti-reflection characteristics and transmission characteristics can be maintained. (Metal film) Desirably, a metal film (conductive film) 5 is formed as a base layer of the transparent conductive layer 4 by reducing a resistance, reducing the thickness of one of the transparent conductive layers 4, and when only by the transparent conductive layer 4 It is possible to compensate for conductivity when the conductivity cannot reach a sufficient value. The film thickness of the metal film 5 is not particularly limited and, by way of example, Q may be set to about several nanometers. Since the metal film $ has high conductivity, a sufficient surface resistance can be obtained by a film thickness of several nanometers. Further, in the case of a film thickness of about several nanometers, there is almost no optical influence such as absorption and reflection of the metal film 5. It is desirable to use a metal material having an electrical conductivity as a material for forming the metal film 5. Examples of such a material include Ag, A, Cu, Ti, Nb, and doped Sie in their materials, considering high conductivity and practical use efficiency, Ag is desirable. Although the surface resistance can be ensured only by the metal film 5, if the metal film 5 is extremely thin, the metal film 5 becomes an island-like structure, and as a result, it becomes difficult to ensure electrical conductivity. In this case, in order to electrically connect the island-shaped metal film 5, it is important to form the transparent conductive layer 4 as an upper layer of the metal film 5. (Structure of the reel mother board) _ shows an example of a structure for manufacturing a reel mother board with - "~ 守 艽 。 。. As shown in Figure 1 ,, a reel mother board has a large number of structures that make it a convex part. 13 The junction substrate 12 has a cylindrical shape or a cylindrical shape at about the same distance as the light (such as the visible wavelength). The substrate 12 has a cylindrical shape or a cylindrical shape. 150653.doc •24·201113551 can be used. Glass is used as one of the materials of the substrate 12, but is not particularly limited thereto. The reel substrate exposure device, which is described later, can be spatially coupled to a two-dimensional pattern 'for each-track--polarity inversion formatter The signal is synchronized with a rotation controller of a recording device to generate a -signal, and the pattern is patterned by CAV at an appropriate feed pitch. Thus, a hexagonal lattice pattern or a quasi-hexagonal lattice pattern can be recorded. By appropriately setting the polarity Inverting one of the frequency of the formatter signal and the rpm of the reel to form a lattice pattern having a uniform spatial frequency in a desired recording area. (Manufacturing method of conductive optical device) Next (9) Figure UU, a method for manufacturing one of the electroconductive optical devices 1 constructed as described above. The manufacturing method package 3 for the electroconductive optical device according to the first embodiment forms a light on the substrate a photoresist deposition step, a use-reel substrate exposure device forming an exposure image on one of the fly-eye patterns on the photoresist layer, and developing the photoresist on the latent image a layer-developing step. The method also includes an etching step of fabricating a reel master using an electric engraving, a copying step of fabricating a replica substrate by ultraviolet curable resin, and depositing a transparent conductive layer a deposition step on the replica substrate. (Structure of Exposure Apparatus) First, referring to Fig. 11, a structure of a reel substrate exposure apparatus used in a fly-eye pattern exposure step will be described. The reel substrate exposure apparatus is based on an optical Constructed by a disk recording device. A laser light source 21 is used for exposing a surface of one of the substrates 12 as a light source of one of 150653.doc •25-201113551 The recorded laser light 15 having, for example, one wavelength of 266 nm, λ. The laser light 15 emitted from the laser source 21 travels forward as a parallel beam and enters an electro-optical device (ΕΟΜ·electro-optic modulator) 22. The laser light 15 that has been transmitted through the electro-optic device 22 is reflected by a mirror 23 and directed to a modulation optics system 25. The mirror 23 is comprised of a polarization beam splitter and has a polarization component that is reflected and A function of causing another polarization component to transmit therefrom. The polarization component that has been transmitted through the mirror 23 is received by a photodiode 24, and a light reception signal is used to control the electro-optic device 22 to perform one of the laser light i 5 In the modulation optical system 25, the laser light 15 is collected by an illuminating lens 26 via an illuminating lens 26 (AOM: Acousto-Optical Modulator) 27, which is made of glass (Si 〇 2). form. After the laser light 15 is intensity modulated and propagated by the acousto-optic device 27, a lens 28 causes it to become a parallel beam. The laser light 15 emitted from the modulating optical system 25 is reflected by a mirror 31 and horizontally guided as a parallel beam to a moving optical table 32. The moving optical table 32 includes a beam expander 33 and an objective lens 34. The laser light 15 directed to the moving optical table 32 is shaped by the beam expander 33 into a predetermined beam shape and then irradiated onto the photoresist layer on the substrate 12 via the objective lens 34. The substrate 12 is placed on a turntable 36 that is coupled to a spindle motor 35. Then, while the base 12 is rotated and the laser light 15 is moved in the height direction of the substrate 12, the laser light 15 is intermittently irradiated onto the photoresist layer. Therefore, the photoresist layer exposure step is performed. The formed latent image has an approximately one-shaped shape having a long axis in a circumferential direction, and the laser beam 15 is moved 150653.doc •26·201113551 by the moving optical table 32 by the arrow r Indicates one of the directions - move to execute. The δ-Heil exposure apparatus includes a control mechanism 37 for forming a latent image corresponding to one of the two-dimensional hexagonal lattice or quasi-hexagonal lattice patterns not shown in Fig. 1B on the photoresist layer. The control mechanism 37 includes a formatter 29 and a driver 30. The formatter 29 includes a polarity inversion portion that controls the irradiation of the laser light 15 with respect to one of the far photoresist layers. The driver 3 控制 controls the acousto-optic device 27 after receiving the output of one of the polarity inversion portions. In the reel substrate exposure apparatus, a polarity inversion formatter signal is synchronized with a rotation controller of a recording device for each trace to generate a signal to spatially couple the two-dimensional pattern, and one of the signals The intensity is modulated by the acousto-optic device 27. The hexagonal lattice pattern or the quasi-hexagonal lattice pattern can be recorded by performing patterning at a constant angular velocity (CAV), a suitable jaw, an appropriate modulation frequency, and an appropriate feed pitch. For example, the feed pitch need only be set to 251 nm to set the cycle in the circumferential direction to 315 nm and will be in one of about 6 degrees (about _6 twist directions) with respect to the circumferential direction. One of the loops is set to 3 〇〇 nanometer (Pythagorean theorem), as shown in Figure 〇B. The frequency of the polarity inversion formatted H signal is changed by the scroll (e.g., remuneration, 900 rpm, 45 rpm, and (2) rpm). For example, the frequency of the polarity inversion formatter signal corresponding to the scroll, 900 rpm, 450 rpm, and 225 rpm are 37 7m (10) 5 , 9 · 34 and 4.71 , respectively. - a quasi-hexagonal crystal with a - uniform hook spatial frequency (3 x nanometer cycle in the direction of about 60 degrees with respect to the circumferential direction (about 6 degrees)) in the desired recording area 150653.doc -27- 201113551 The grid pattern is obtained by expanding the beam diameter of one of the far-ultraviolet laser light by a beam expander (BEX) 33 on the moving optical table 32 to 5 times the diameter of the beam, An objective lens 34 of 0.9 NA (numerical aperture) illuminates the laser light onto the photoresist layer on the substrate 12 and forms a microscopic latent image. (Photoresist deposition step) First, as shown in Fig. 12A, a cylindrical substrate 12 is prepared. The substrate 12, for example, is a glass substrate. Next, as shown in Fig. uB, a photoresist layer 4 is formed on one surface of the substrate 12. As the material of the photoresist layer 14, an organic photoresist or an inorganic photoresist can be used. For example, a phenolic photoresist or a chemically amplified photoresist can be used as the organic photoresist. As the inorganic photoresist, for example, a metal oxide composed of one or two or more types of transition metals may be used. (Exposure step) Subsequently, as shown in Fig. 12C, the above-described reel substrate exposure device W light (exposure beam) 15 is irradiated onto the photoresist layer 14 while the substrate 12 is rotated. At this time, by exposing the laser intermittently to simultaneously move the laser light 15 in the direction of the matrix (parallel to the central axis of the cylindrical or cylindrical substrate 丨2), the photoresist layer 14 is exposed. The entire surface. Therefore, the latent image 16 corresponding to one of the trajectories of the laser light 15 is formed on the entire surface of the photoresist (four) 14 at the same distance from the wavelength of visible light. The latent image 16 is configured to form a plurality of column traces on the surface of the substrate and thereby be H, a checkered pattern or a quasi-hexagonal lattice map. Latent image! Each of the six has a shape of a v shape. The shape of the sea has a long axis direction in the direction in which the trace extends. 150653.doc 28-201113551 (Developing Step) Next, a developer is dropped onto the photoresist layer 14 while the substrate 12 is rotated and the photoresist crucible 4 is thus subjected to development processing as shown in Fig. 13A. When the photoresist layer 14 is formed as a positive photoresist as shown in the figure, the dissolution rate with respect to an unexposed portion is at the exposed portion of one of the laser light The result is that the photoresist corresponds to a pattern of one of the latent images (exposed portions) 16. I (etching step) Next, a solid (photoresist pattern) formed on the photoresist layer 14 formed on the substrate 12 is used as a mask to subject the surface of the substrate 12 to a etch process. Illustrated 'can have an elliptical vertebral shape or an elliptical truncated vertebral body shape (which has a long axis direction in the direction of the trace extension: a concave portion (ie, structure 13). For example, the scribe This is performed by dry lithography. At this time, the pattern of the tapered structure 13 can be formed by alternately performing the etching process and the ashing process. Further, it is made to have 3 times or more times the photoresist layer 14 The depth (3 or greater selectivity) of the faceplate and the increase of the aspect ratio of the structure 3. As a dry (four), plasma etching using the _reel (four) device is popular. By performing the steps described above A reel master 11 having a hexagonal lattice pattern or a quasi-hexagonal lattice pattern may be obtained, the 豸 lattice pattern being composed of concave portions each having a depth of about 120 nm to 350 nm. (Copying step) Next , the reel mother board U and the substrate 2 on which the _ transfer (four) is applied (for example) Such as "sheet" close contact with each other, engraving ray irradiation (four) line curing and 150653.doc • 29· 201113551 = a plurality of structures due to ι as a convex portion, as shown in i3c, on one main surface of the two soil plates 2 'And manufacture a conductive optical device 1, such as a can of ultraviolet curable reproduction sheet. (4) printing material from (for example) - ultraviolet curable material and - initiator structure ': according to the inclusion of a filler a functional additive and the like. The external light curable material is composed of, for example, a monofunctional monomer, a bifunctional & monomer, a multifunctional monomer or the like. Specifically, the ultraviolet light The IU material can be obtained by using the above materials alone or by mixing the plurality of materials. Examples of the monofunctional monomer include carboxylic acid (acrylic acid), hydroxy compound (2-hydroxyethyl acrylate) , 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl 6 acrylate), alkyl group, alicyclic compound (isobutyl acrylate, isobutyl acrylate, isooctyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, acrylic acid) Fatty vinegar, acrylic ice Base ester and cyclohexyl acrylate), other functional monomers (2-methoxyethyl acrylate, methoxyethylene glycol acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, Benzyl acrylate, ethyl carbitol acrylate, phenoxyethyl acrylate, hydrazine acrylate, hydrazine decylaminoethyl ester, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylaminopropyl acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine Dimethyl acrylamide, propylene decylmorpholine, hydrazine-isopropyl acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethyl acrylamide, hydrazine-vinyl pyrrolidone, 2-(perfluorooctyl) acrylate Ethyl ester, 3-perfluorohexyl-2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 3-perfluorooctyl-2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-(perfluorodecyl)ethyl acrylate, 2-(perfluoro-acrylic acid) 3-methylbutyl)ethyl ester), 2,4,6-tribromophenol acrylate, 2,4,6-tribromophenol decyl acrylate, 2-(2,4,6-tribromoacrylate) Phenoxy)ethyl ester) and acrylic acid 150653.doc •30·201113551 2-ethylhexyl ester. Examples of the bifunctional monomer include tris(propylene glycol) diacrylate, trimethylolpropane diaryl ether, and acrylamide urethane. Examples of the multifunctional monomer include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, polyisoprenylpentaacetate, and polydiisopentaerythritol hexaacetate. Examples of the initiator include 2,2·dimethoxydiphenylethane-fluorenone, hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, and 2-hydroxy-2-mercapto-1-phenylpropanone. For example, inorganic particles or organic particles can be used as a filler. Examples of the inorganic particles include metal oxide particles of Si〇2, Ti〇2, Zr〇2, Sn〇2, Al2〇3, and the like. Examples of the functional additive include a leveling agent, a surface conditioner, and an antifoaming agent. Examples of the material of the substrate 2 include decyl methacrylate (co)polymer, polycarbonate, styrene (co)polymer, decyl methacrylate-stupid ethylene copolymer, cellulose diacetate cellulose triacetate , cellulose acetate butyrate, polyester, polyamine, polyimide, polyether mill, polysulfone, polypropylene, polydecylpentene, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetal, polyether ketone, poly Urethane and glass. The method of forming a substrate 2 is not particularly limited and may be injection molding, extrusion molding or casting molding. Surface treatment such as corona treatment may be performed on the surface of the substrate as needed. (Metal film deposition step) Next, as shown in Fig. 14A, a metal film is deposited on the uneven surface of the substrate 2 on which the structure 2 has been opened as needed. In addition to one (chemical vapor deposition, two chemical reactions from vapor deposited thin films) (eg 150653.doc -31 · 201113551 thermal CVD, „CVD and optical CVD), the ρν〇 method can be used (physical Vapor deposition: a technique for forming a thin film by accumulating a material that is physically vaporized in a vacuum on a substrate (for example, vacuum vapor deposition, plasma-assisted vapor deposition, sputtering, and ion plating) as a metal film One of the deposition methods. (Conductive film deposition step) Next, as shown in Fig. 14B, a transparent conductive layer is deposited on the substrate: on the uneven surface on which the structure 3 has been formed. For example, The method of depositing a metal film as described above is the same as the method of depositing a transparent conductive layer. According to the first embodiment, one of the conductive optical devices i having a very high transmittance and less reflection can be provided. The anti-reflection function is realized by forming a plurality of structures 3 on the surface, so that one wavelength dependence is low and the angle dependence is lower than that of an optical film type transparent conductive layer. The rate and low cost can be achieved by using a nano-imprint technique and selecting a high-flux film structure without using a multilayer optical film. <2. Second Embodiment> (Structure of Conductive Optical Device) Figure 15 is a schematic plan view showing one structural example of one of the conductive optical devices according to a second embodiment. Figure 15B is a partially enlarged plan view showing one of the conductive optical devices shown in Figure 15A. Figure 15C is a trace T1 of Figure 15B. Figure 1D is a cross-sectional view of one of the traces T2, T4, ... of Figure 15B. Figure 15 is a view showing the formation of a latent image corresponding to the traces d, Τ 3, ... of Figure 5 A schematic diagram of one of the modulated waveforms of the laser light. Figure 150653.doc -32·201113551 bF shows one of the laser light used to form the latent image corresponding to the trace 2, τ4..· of the trace of Fig. 15B. A schematic diagram of one of the waveforms. The conductive optical device 1 of the second embodiment is different from the conductive optical device of the first embodiment in that the structure 3 forms a one-way pattern or a quasi-square lattice across three adjacent traces. Pattern. In the current embodiment, the quasi-square lattice pattern is different A regular square lattice pattern refers to a regular square lattice pattern obtained by extending the regular square lattice pattern in the direction of extension of the trace (X direction). The height or depth of the structure 3 is not a characteristic. Restricted and set, for example, from 1 nanometer to 280 nanometers, desirably in the range of 11 nanometers to 28 nanometers. Here, the height (depth) of structure 3 is 3 in the direction of the trace extension. One of the upper heights (depth). When the height of the structure 3 is lower than 1 〇〇 nanometer, the reflection ratio tends to increase, and when the height of the structure 3 exceeds 280 nm, the securing of a predetermined resistance tends to become difficult. The arrangement pitch P2 in the direction of one of 45 degrees with respect to the traces (about) is, for example, about 200 nm to 300 nm. The aspect ratio (Southness/arrangement spacing) of Structure 3 is desirably within the range of about 5 · 5 4 to 1.13. Further, the aspect ratio of the structure 3 need not be the same, and the structure 3 can be constructed to have a certain height distribution. The arrangement pitch P1 of the structure 3 in the same trace is desirably longer than the arrangement pitch P2 of the structure 3 between two adjacent traces. Further, when the arrangement pitch of the structure 3 in the same trace is represented by P1 and the arrangement pitch of the structure 3 between two adjacent traces is represented by P2, desirably, a ratio P1/P2 satisfies 1.4 &lt; P1 /P2S1.5 one of the relationships. By setting this range of values, it is possible to improve the filling rate of one of the structures 3 150653.doc • 33· 201113551 each having an elliptical vertebral shape or an elliptical truncated vertebral shape, and as a result, the anti-reflection property can be improved. Furthermore, desirably, the dimension or depth of the structure 3 in a direction of 45 degrees or approximately 45 degrees with respect to one of the traces is less than the height or depth of the structure 3 in the direction of the trace extension. The height H2 in the array direction (Θ direction) inclined with respect to the direction in which the trace extends is smaller than the height H1 of the structure 3 in the direction in which the trace extends. In other words, desirably, the heights H1 and H2 satisfy one relationship of H1 &gt; H2. Figure 16 is a diagram showing one of the bottom surface configurations when one of the bottom surfaces of the structure 3 is changed in ellipticity. The rounding rates of the prints 3!, 32 and 3:3 are 1%, 16.3, and 14%, respectively. By changing the ellipticity in this way, the filling rate of the structure 3 on the surface of the substrate can be changed. When the structure 3 forms a square lattice pattern or a quasi-square lattice pattern, one of the bottom surfaces of the structure has a sugar circle ratio of 6 Å, 3⁄4, and a ground system of 50%; £eSl 80%. This is because, within this range, the filling ratio of the structure 3 can be increased and excellent anti-reflection characteristics can be obtained. The filling ratio of the structure 3 on the surface of the substrate is 65 % or more, desirably 73% or more, more desirably 86% or more, wherein ι % is taken as an upper limit. By setting the filling ratio within such ranges, the antireflection characteristics can be improved. Here, the filling ratio (average filling ratio) of the structure 3 is one value obtained as follows. First, the surface of the electro-optical device 1 was photographed in a top view using an SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope). Next, a unit cell Uc was randomly selected from the taken SEM photograph to thereby measure the arrangement pitch ρι of the unit cell Uc and 150653.doc -34 - 201113551 trace pitch ΤΡ (see Fig. 15B). Then, the area s of the bottom surface of any of the four structures 3 in the unit cell Uc is measured by image processing. Then, use the measured configuration pitch P1, trace spacing D? The area S of the bottom surface and the filling ratio are obtained by the following expression (4). Filling rate = (s (square) / S (unit)) * ι〇〇 · ·. (4) Unit cell area: S (unit) = 2 * ((Ρ1*Τρ)*(1/2))=Ρΐ * Area of the bottom surface of the structure of the unit cell: s (square) = s The processing for calculating a filling rate as described above was performed for 10 unit cells randomly selected from the taken SEM photograph. Thereafter, only the measured values are averaged (intraoperative values) to obtain an average rate of the filling rate, and the obtained value is used as the filling ratio of the structure 3 on the surface of the substrate. The ratio of the diameter 2r to the arrangement pitch P1 ((2r/pi) M〇〇) is 64% or more, desirably 69% or more, more desirably 73% or more. By setting their ranges in this way, the filling rate of the structure 3 can be increased, and the anti-reflection characteristics can be improved. Here, configure the spacing? The 1 series structure 3 is arranged in one of the trace directions at a pitch ' and the diameter 2 is a diameter of the bottom surface of the structure in the direction of the trace. It should be noted that when the bottom surface of the structure is circular, the diameter becomes a diameter, and when the bottom surface of the structure is oval, the diameter of the core becomes a longest diameter. (Structure of Reel Motherboard) Fig. Π shows an example of a structure for manufacturing one of the reel mother plates of one of the conductive optical devices having the structure described above. The reel mother board is different from the reel mother board of the first embodiment in that the concave structure 13 forms a square lattice pattern or a quasi-square lattice pattern on the surface. 150653.doc -35- 201113551 using a reel substrate exposure apparatus to spatially couple a two-dimensional pattern, synchronizing a polarity inversion formatter signal with one of the recording devices for each trace to generate a signal and borrow A pattern is patterned by the CAV at an appropriate feed pitch. Therefore, a square lattice pattern or a quasi-square lattice pattern can be recorded. Desirably, by appropriately setting the frequency of one of the polarity inversion formatter signals and one of the reels of the reel 'in the desired recording area of one of the photoresists on the substrate 12, the irradiation laser light is formed to have a uniform One of the spatial frequencies of the lattice pattern. &lt;3. Third Embodiment&gt; (Structure of Conductive Optical Device) Fig. 18A is a schematic plan view showing one structural example of one conductive optical device according to a third embodiment. Figure 8B is a partially enlarged plan view showing one of the conductive optical devices shown in Figure 8A. Figure 18C is a cross-sectional view of one of the traces T1, T3, ... of Figure 18B. Figure 18D is a cross-sectional view of the traces Τ2, τ4, . . . of FIG. 18B. The electrically conductive optical device 1 of the third embodiment is different from the electrically conductive optical device of the first embodiment in that the trace τ is formed in an arc shape and the structure 3 is disposed along the arc. As shown in Fig. 18A, structure 3 is configured to form a quasi-hexagonal pattern in which the centers of structures 3 are respectively located at points & 1 to one across three adjacent traces (Τ1 to Τ3). Here, the quasi-hexagonal lattice pattern refers to a hexagonal lattice pattern which is different from the regular hexagonal lattice pattern and which is stretched and deformed along the arc of the trace τ or refers to a pattern different from the regular hexagonal lattice pattern and extending in the direction of the trace. A hexagonal lattice pattern of stretched and deformed (in the X direction). Since the structure of the conductive optical device 1 other than the above-described structure is the same as that of the first embodiment of the first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted. (Structure of Disc Motherboard) Figs. 19A and 19B show an example of the structure of one of the disk mother plates for manufacturing one of the conductive optical devices having the above structure. As shown in Figs. 19A and 19B, a disc mother board 41 has a structure in which a large number of structures 43 as concave portions are disposed on one surface of a disc-shaped substrate 42. In one use environment of the conductive optical device 1, the structure 43 is cyclically disposed in two dimensions in a configuration equal to or smaller than one of the wavelength bands of light, e.g., one of the same level as one wavelength of visible light. For example, structure 43 is configured on concentric or helical traces. Since the structure of the disc mother board 41 other than the above-described structure is the same as that of the reel mother board 11 of the first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted. (Method of Manufacturing Conductive Optical Device) First, referring to Fig. 20, an exposure apparatus for manufacturing a disk mother board 41 having the above-described structure will be explained. The moving optical table 32 includes a beam expander 33, a mirror 38, and an objective lens 34. The laser light 15 guided to the moving optical table 32 is shaped into a predetermined beam shape by the beam expander 33 and then irradiated onto one of the photoresist layers on the disk-shaped substrate 42 via the mirror 38 and the objective lens 34. The substrate 42 is placed on a turntable (not shown) that is coupled to the spindle motor 35. Then, while the substrate 42 is rotated and the laser light 15 is moved in the radial direction of one of the substrates 42, the laser light 15 is intermittently lightly irradiated onto the photoresist layer on the substrate 42. Therefore, the photoresist layer exposure step is performed. The latent image formed has a substantially oval shape having a long axis in the circumferential direction of 150653.doc • 37-201113551. The movement of the laser light 15 is performed by moving the optical table 32 in one of the directions indicated by the arrow R. The exposure apparatus shown in Fig. 20 includes a control mechanism 37 for forming a latent image on a photoresist layer which is one of a two-dimensional hexagonal lattice or quasi-hexagonal lattice pattern shown in Fig. 18B. The control mechanism 37 includes a formatter 29 and a drive 3. The formatter 29 includes a polarity inversion portion that controls the irradiation of the laser light 15 with respect to one of the photoresist layers. The driver 3 controls the acousto-optic device 27 after receiving the output of one of the polarity inverting portions. The control mechanism 37 synchronizes the intensity of one of the laser light 15 by the acousto-optic device 27, the rotational speed of one of the spindle motor 35, and the moving speed of one of the moving optical tables 32 for spatially associating the two-dimensional pattern for each of the traces. Latent image. The substrate 42 is controlled to rotate at a constant angular velocity (CAV). Then, one of the laser frequencies of one of the laser beams 15 by the acousto-optic device "appropriate rpm, one of the substrates 42 of the spindle motor 35", and one of the laser light 15 by the moving optical table 32 Patterning is performed at a proper feed pitch. Therefore, a latent image of one of a hexagonal lattice pattern or a quasi-hexagonal lattice pattern is formed on the photoresist layer. One of the control portions of the inverted portion of the dipole is gradually changed to change the spatial frequency. Evenly (pattern density of latent image ' ρι : 33〇N and Μ: 3〇〇N, Pi: 315nm and p2 : 275nm or ρι : 3〇〇N and P2 : 265奈 More specific And f, performing an exposure while changing the irradiation cycle of the laser light 15 for each trace of the photoresist layer, and performing a frequency modulation of the laser light 15 in the control mechanism 37 to make each trace Ding Zhongzhi P1 becomes approximately 330 nm (or 315 nm, 3 〇〇 nanometer). In other words, 150653.doc -38- 201113551 controls the modulation so that the position of the trace is further away from the disk shape The irradiation cycle in which the center of the substrate 42 moves the laser light becomes shorter and shorter. Therefore, A nano pattern having a uniform spatial frequency may be formed on the entire surface of the substrate. • Hereinafter, an example of a method of manufacturing a conductive optical device according to one of the third embodiments will be explained. The exposure apparatus of the structure manufactures the disk mother board 41 in the same manner as in the first embodiment except for exposing the photoresist layer formed on the disk-shaped substrate. Next, the disk mother board 41 is used. The substrate 2 (for example, an acrylic sheet) to which the ultraviolet curable resin has been applied is in close proximity to each other and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to thereby cure the ultraviolet curable tree, thereby peeling off the substrate 2 from the disc mother substrate 41. Therefore, a disk-shaped optical device in which a plurality of structures 3 are disposed on the surface can be obtained. Next, on one of the concave and convex surfaces of the plurality of structures 3 formed in the optical device, a metal film is deposited as needed. After 5, a transparent conductive layer 4 is deposited. Thus, a disk-shaped conductive optical device i can be obtained. Subsequently, a predetermined shape (for example, a rectangle) is cut from the disk-shaped conductive optical device. Conductive optical device 1. Thus, a desired conductive optical device i is fabricated. According to the third embodiment, one of the south productivity and excellent anti-reflection characteristics can be obtained as in the case where the structure 3 is linearly arranged. Conductive optical device 1. <4_Fourth embodiment> Fig. 21A is a schematic plan view showing one structural example of one of the conductive optical devices according to the fourth embodiment. Fig. 21B shows the conductive light 150653 shown in Fig. 21A. .doc -39- 201113551 A partially enlarged plan view of the device. The conductive optical device 1 of the fourth embodiment is different from the conductive optical device of the first embodiment in that the structure 3 is zigzagly arranged on the trace (hereinafter referred to as 'weighing To swing the trace). Desirably, the wobbles of the traces on the substrate 2 are synchronized. In other words, it is desirable to make the swing a synchronous swing. By thus synchronizing the wobbles, one of the hexagonal lattice or quasi-hexagonal lattice unit states can be maintained and the filling ratio can be kept high. A sinusoid or a triangular wave can be used, for example, as one of the wobble traces. The waveform of the wobble traces is not limited to a loop waveform and may be an acyclic waveform. One of the wobble traces is set to an amplitude of, for example, about ± 1 〇. The structure of the fourth embodiment other than the above-described structure is the same as that of the first embodiment. According to the fourth embodiment, since the structure 3 is disposed on the swing trace, it is possible to suppress an unevenness in appearance. &lt;5. Fifth Embodiment&gt; Fig. 2 2 A shows a schematic plan view of one of structural examples of one of the conductive optical devices according to a fifth embodiment. Figure 22B is a partially enlarged plan view showing one of the electroconductive optical devices shown in Figure 22A. Figure 22C is a cross-sectional view of one of the traces T1, T3, ... of Figure 22B. Figure 22D is a cross-sectional view of traces T2, T4, ... of Figure 22B. Figure 23 is a partially enlarged perspective view of one of the conductive optical devices shown in Figure 22A. The electroconductive optical device of the fifth embodiment is different from the electroconductive optical device of the first embodiment in that a large number of structures 3 are disposed as concave portions on the surface of the substrate. Structure 3 has a concave shape obtained by reversing the convex shape of 150653.doc -40 - 201113551 of structure 3 of the first embodiment. It should be noted that when the structure 3 is formed as a concave portion as described above, the opening 3 (the entrance portion of the concave portion) as the concave portion is defined as the lower portion, and the lowest portion of the structure 3 in the depth direction is defined. (The deepest part of the concave portion) is defined as a vertex portion. In other words, the apex portion and the lower portion are defined by the structure 3 as a non-material space: Further, since the structure 3 is concave in the fifth embodiment, the height of the structure 3 in the expression (1) and the like H becomes one of the depths of structure 3. The structure of the fifth embodiment other than the above-described structure is the same as that of the first embodiment. Since the shape of the convex structure 3 of the first embodiment is reversed in the fifth embodiment, the fifth embodiment has the same effect as the first embodiment. &lt;6. Sixth Embodiment&gt; Fig. 24 is a schematic plan view showing one structural example of one of the electroconductive optical devices according to a sixth embodiment. Figure 24B is a partially enlarged plan view showing one of the electroconductive optical devices shown in Figure 24A. Figure 24C is a cross-sectional view of one of the traces T1, T3, ... of Figure 24B. Figure 24D is a cross-sectional view of traces T2, T4 of Figure 24B. Figure 25 is a partially enlarged perspective view of one of the conductive optical devices shown in Figure 24A. The conductive optical device 1 comprises a substrate 2, a plurality of structures 3 formed on the surface of the substrate 2, and a transparent conductive layer 4 formed on the structure 3. Desirably, a metal ruthenium 5 is additionally provided between the structure 3 and the transparent conductive layer 4 in view of the improved surface resistance. The structures 3 each have a convex portion in the shape of a pyramid. Adjacent knots 150653.doc -41 · 201113551 The lower part of the structure 3 is joined to each other while overlapping each other. In the adjacent structure 3, the structure 3 closest to the neighbor is desirably arranged in the direction of the trace. This is because it is easy to arrange the most adjacent structure 3 at these positions in the manufacturing method to be described later. The conductive optical device 1 has a function of preventing reflection of one of the light entering the surface of the substrate on which the structure 3 is formed. In the following description, two axes perpendicular to one main surface of the substrate 2 will be referred to as a χ axis and a γ axis, respectively, and an axis perpendicular to the main surface of the substrate 2 will be referred to as a z axis. Further, when there is a vacant portion Μ in the structure 3, desirably, a minute embossing configuration is formed on the vacant portions 2a. The reflectance of the conductive optical device 1 can be additionally reduced by providing this minute concave-convex configuration. Fig. 26 shows an example of a refractive index profile of one of the electroconductive optical devices according to the sixth embodiment. As shown in Fig. 26, the effective refractive index of the structure 3 with respect to the depth direction (the -Z direction in Fig. 24A) gradually increases toward the substrate 2 with a _s curve. Specifically, the refractive index curve contains _ an inflection point n. The inflection point N corresponds to the side of the structure 3, π back, and the state. It is made possible by the fact that the effective refractive index is reduced, the reflection is reduced (this is because the boundary becomes inconspicuous for light), and the anti-reflection characteristic of the conductive optical device 1 is improved. Desirably, the change in effective refractive index relative to the depth direction

μ u 早—増加。此處,該S 曲線包3 —倒S曲線,亦即_ z曲線。 此外,合意地,相對於深度方向 之有效折射率之改變比 構3之頂點部分側及基板側中 ^ / t上之有效折射 率之傾斜之一中值陡峭,更合意地, 你丨;5其y I 〜 匕、,告構3之頂點部分 側及基板側之兩者上之有效折射率之 mi 1負斜之一中值陡山亩。 因此’可獲得極佳抗反射特性。 甲伹陡均 150653.doc -42- 201113551 舉例而言,結構3之下部分接合至一部分或所機結 構3之下部分。藉由如此接合該等結構之下部分至彼此, 可使結構3相對於深度方向之有效折射率之改變平滑。因 此’ —S形折射率曲線變為可能。此外,藉由接合該等結 構之下部分至彼此,可增加該等結構之填充率。應注意, 在圖24B中,在所有毗鄰結構3皆接合至彼此之態=之 接合部分之位置由黑點「*」指示。具體而言接合部分 形成於所有毗鄰結構3中、相同跡線中之毗鄰結構3之間 (例如,al與a2之間)或橫跨毗鄰跡線之結構3中(例如,在 al至a7或a2至a7中)。為實現—平滑折射率曲線且獲得極佳 抗反射特性,合意地,在所有毗鄰結構3中形成接合部 分。為在之後名欠闡述之製造方法中容易地形成該等接合部 分,合意地,在相同跡線中之毗鄰結構3之間形成接合部 分。當結構3循環地配置成六方晶格圖案或準六方晶格圖 案時,在其中結構3成六重對稱之一方向上接合該等接合 部分。 合意地,接合該等結構3以使得其下部分彼此重疊。藉 由如此接合結構3,可獲得一 S形折射率曲線且可增加結構 3之填充率。合意地,在將一折射率考量在内之一光學路 徑長度中之一使用環境下將該等結構在對應於光波長帶之 隶大值之1 /4或更小之部分處接合。因此,可獲得極佳抗 反射特性。 合意地,根據欲透射之光之一波長帶適當地設定結構3 之高度。具體而言,合意地,在一使用環境下結構3之高 150653.doc •43- 201113551 度為光波長帶之最大值之5/14或更大且其10/7或更小。當 使可見光透射穿過結構3時,結構3之高度合意地係1〇〇奈 来至280奈米。合意地,將結構3之縱橫比(高度配置間 距)s史定為〇. 5至1 · 4 6之範圍内。當該縱橫比低於〇 5時,反 射特性及透射特性趨於劣化,且當該縱橫比超過丨·46時, 在導電光學器件丨之製造中,結構3之剝離特性趨於劣化, 其結果係不能完美地複製一複製品。 作為結構3之材料,含有紫外光可固化樹脂(藉由紫外射 線固化)、電離輻射可固化樹脂(藉由電子束固化)或熱可固 化樹脂(藉由熱固化)作為一主要成分之一材料係合意且 含有藉由紫外射線固化之紫外光可固化樹脂作為一主要成 分之一材料係最合意。 圖27係顯示該結構之形狀之一實例之一放大剖視圖。合 意地,結構3之側表面朝向基板2以圖26中所示8曲線之一 平方根之一形狀逐漸變寬。在此一側表面組態之情形下, 可獲得極佳抗反射特性且可改良結構3之一可轉印性。 結構3之一頂點部分3t具有一平面形狀或朝向一末端變 細之一凸形狀。當結構3之頂點部分以具有一平面形狀 時’合意地’該結構之頂點部分之一平面之一面積^與單 位胞之面積S之一面積比(哨隨著結構3之高度增加而降 低。在此一結構之情形下,可改良結構3之抗反射特性。 此處,該單位胞係(舉例而言)六方晶格或準六方晶格。該 結構之底部表面之-面積比(結構之底部表面之面積%與 單位胞之面積S之面積比(Sb/S))合意地係接近頂點部分^ 150653.doc -44. 201113551 之面積比。此外,具有比結構3低之一折射率之一低折射 率層可形成於結構3之頂點部分城。藉由如此形成—低 折射率層’可降低反射比。 — 合意地,結構3之排除頂點部分以及下部分扑之側表面 自頂點部分3t至下部㈣按所陳述次序具有—對第一改變 點Pa及第二改變點Pb。因此,結構3相對於深度方向㈤ 24A中之-Z方向)之有效折射率可具有一個反曲點。 此處,該第一改變點及該第二改變點界定如下。 如圖28A及28B中所示,當結構3在頂點部分城下部分 扑之間的側表面係藉由自結構3之頂點部分至其下部分 3b不連續地連接複數個平滑曲線而形成時,連接點變為改 變點。該等改變點與反曲點重合。儘管準確而言不能在連 接點處執行-微分,但作為―極限之此—反曲點在此情況 中亦稱為反曲點。當結構3具有如上文所述之彎曲表面 時,合意地,結構3自頂點部分3t至下部分%之傾斜自第 一改變點Pa係逐漸的,且自第二改變點pb變得陡峭。 當結構3在頂點部分3t與下部㈣之間的側表面係藉由 自結構3之頂點部分3t至其下部分%連續連接複數個平滑 曲線(如圖㈣中所示)而形成,如下界定改變點。一曲線 中最罪近忒結構之側表面上之兩個改變點中之每一者處的 兩個相交切線之—相交處之-點(如圖28C中所示)變為改 變點。 合意地,結構3在其介於頂點部分3t與下部分儿之間的 側表面上具有一個步階st。藉由如此提供一個步階st,可 150653.doc 45« 201113551 實現上文所述折射率曲線。換言之,結構3相對於深度方 向之有效折射率可朝向基板2以—s曲線逐漸增加。該步階 之實例包含一斜步階及一平行步階,但該斜步階係:意。 當步階st係一斜步階時’可使可轉印性比在其中步階st係 一平行步階之情況下更受歡迎。 該斜步階係指其中—側表面不平行於基板之表面,但自 結構3之頂點部分朝向下部分變寬之一步階。該平行步階 係指平行於基板之表面之一步階。此處,步階以係由上文 所述第一改變點以及第二改變點pb設定之一區段。應注 意,步階st並不包含頂點部分3t之一平面及結構中之一曲 線或平面。 合意地,結構3具有除接合至一毗鄰結構3之下部分之外 係軸對稱之一金字塔形狀或鑒於可成形性藉由在跡線方向 上延伸或收縮金字塔形狀而獲得之一金字塔形狀。該金字 塔形狀之實例包含一錐體形狀、一截頭錐體形狀、一橢圓 錐體形狀及一橢圓截頭錐體形狀。此處,除了錐體形狀及 截頭錐體形狀之外,該金字塔形狀概念上亦包含如上文所 述橢圓錐體形狀及橢圓截頭錐體形狀。此外,該載頭錐體 形狀係指藉由切掉錐體形狀之一頂點部分而獲得之一形 狀’且該橢圓截頭錐體形狀係指藉由切掉一橢圓錐體之一 頂點部分而獲得之一形狀。應注意,結構3之整個形狀並 不限於彼等形狀且僅需要係其中結構3相對於深度方向之 折射率朝向基板2以一 S曲線逐漸增加之一形狀。此外,該 金字塔形狀不僅包含一完整金字塔形狀而且包含以下一金 150653.doc -46- 201113551 字塔形狀:如上文所述在I一側 仕/、側表面上包含步階St。 具有一橢圓錐體形狀之結構3係— 〇至子塔結構,並. 一底部表面具有一印开^你赤 τρ y ㈣狀或-蛋形形狀(其具有長軸及短 軸)且一頂點部分朝向—末端變細。具有 形狀之結構3係其中_底部表 頭錐體 底σ卩表面具有一卵形形狀或一蛋形 形狀(其具有長軸及短軸)且-頂點部分係平緩之—金字塔 結構。當結構3形成為—橢圓錐體形狀或—橢圓截頭錐體 形狀時’合意地,在美你夕志品L λ/丄 土板之表面上形成結構3以使得結構3 之底。Ρ表面之長軸方向與跡線延伸方向(X方向)重合。 結構3之-剖面面積相對於結構3之深度方向而改變以對 應於上文所述折射率曲線。合意地,結構3之剖面面積在 結構3之深度方向上單一地增加。此處,結構3之剖面面積 係指平行於基板之其上形成有結構3之表面之一剖面之一 :積。合意地,改變結構3在深度方向上之剖面面積以使 付結構3在具有不同深度之位置處之剖面面積之一比率對 應於與彼等位置對應之有效折射率曲線。 具有上文所述步階之結構3係藉由(例如)使用如以下所 述所製造之一基質轉印一組態而獲得。具體而言,其中一 步階形成於一結構(凹部分)之一側表面上之一基質係藉由 在基貝製造中適當調整蝕刻步驟中之蝕刻處理及灰化處理 之一處理時間來製造。 根據该第六實施例,結構3各自具有一金字塔形狀,且 結構3相對於深度方向之有效折射率朝向基板2以一 S曲線 逐漸增加。因此,可減小一反射,此乃因藉由結構3之形 150653.doc •47· 201113551 狀效應邊界對於光變為不明顯。因此,可獲得極佳抗反射 特性。尤其當結構3之高度係大時可獲得極佳抗反射特 性。此外’由於毗鄰結構3之下部分接合至彼此之同時彼 此重豐,因此可增加結構3之填充率且可改良結構3之可成 形性。 合意地,改變結構3相對於深度方向之成一8曲線之有效 折射率曲線且將該等結構配置成一(準)六方晶格圖案或一 (準)正方晶格圖案。此外,合意地,結構3具有一轴對稱結 構或其中軸對稱結構在跡線方向上延伸或收縮之一結構。 此外,合意地,在基板附近接合毗鄰結構3。在此一結構 之情形下’可產生可更容易製造之高效能抗反射基板。 當導電光學器件1係藉由其中組合光碟基質製造過程及 蝕刻過程之方法製造時,該基質製造過程所需之一時間 (曝光時間)與藉由一電子束曝光製造導電光學器件丨之情況 相比可顯著縮短。因此,可顯著改良導電光學器件〖之— 生產率。 當結構3之頂點部分不陡峭且係平緩時,可改良導電光 學器件1之耐久性。此外,亦可改良結構3相對於捲軸母板 11之剝離特性。當結構3之步階係一斜步階時,與其中該 步階係一平行步階之情況相比,可改良一可轉印性。 &lt;7.第七實施例&gt; 圖29係顯示根據一第七實施例之一導電光學器件之一結 構實例之一剖視圖。如圖29中所示,該第七實施例之導電 光學裔件1與該第一實施例之導電光學器件的不同之處在 150653.doc -48· 201113551 結構3之主表面(第—主表 —主表面)上。 表面,結構3之配置圖案、 且可根據所需特性選擇不 於結構3亦形成在其上已形成有 面)之另一側上之另一主表面(第 對於導電光學器件1之兩個主 縱橫比及類似參數不需要相同, 同配置圖案及縱橫比。舉例而言個主表面之配置圖案 可係準六方晶格圖帛’且另一主表面之配置圖案可係一準 正方晶格圖案。 由於在該第七實施例中複數個結構3形成於基板2之兩個 主表面上,因此一抗反射功能可授予給導電光學器件^之 一光入射表面及一光發射表面兩者 射特性。 因此,可額外改良透 &lt;8.第八實施例&gt; 圖3 0係根據一第八實施例之一導電光學器件之—結構實 例之一剖視圖。如圖30中所示,導電光學器件i與該第— 實施例之導電光學器件的不同之處在於一透明導電層8形 成於基板2上且具有一透明導電性之大量結構3形成於S透明 導電層8之一表面上。透明導電層8包含選自由以下構成之 群組之至少一種類型材料:一導電聚合物、一導電填充 劑、—碳奈米管及一導電粉。可使用(舉例而言)一銀基填 充劑作為一導電填充劑。可使用(舉例而言)一 IT〇粉作為 導電粉。 該第八實施例具有與上文該第一實施例相同之效應。 &lt;9.第九實施例&gt; 圖3 1Α係顯示根據一第九實施例之一觸控面板之一結構 150653.doc -49- 201113551 實例之-剖視圖。此觸控面板係一所謂電阻膜式觸控面 板。可使用-類比電阻膜式觸控面板或一數位電阻臈:觸 控面板作為電阻膜式觸控面板。如圖31A中所示,作為一 資訊輸入裝置之一觸控面板50包含一第一導電基底材料 51(其包含資訊輸入至其之一觸控表面(輸入表面))及與該 第一導電基底材料51相對之一第二導電基底材料52。合意 地,觸控面板50在該第一導電基底材料5丨之一觸控側表面 上額外地包含一硬塗層或一防污硬塗層。此外,可根據需 要在該觸控面板50上額外提供一前面板。舉例而言經由一 黏合劑層53將該觸控面板5〇附接至一顯示裝置54。 該顯示裝置之實例包含各種顯示裝置,例如一液晶顯示 器、一 CRT(陰極射線管)顯示器、一電漿顯示器(pDp :電 漿顯示面板)、一 EL(電致發光)顯示器及一 SED(表面傳導 電子發射顯示器)。 使用根據該第一至第六實施例之導電光學器件1中之任 一者作為第一導電基底材料51及第二導電基底材料52中之 至少一者。當將根據該第一至第六實施例之導電光學器件 1中之任一者用於第一導電基底材料51及第二導電基底材 料52時,相同實施例或不同實施例之導電光學器件1可用 於該等導電基底材料 合意地,在第一導電基底材料51與第二導電基底材料52 之兩個相對表面中之至少一者上形成結構3,或鑒於抗反 射特性及透射特性,在相對表面之兩者上形成結構3。 合意地,在第一導電基底材料5 1之觸控側表面上形成一 150653.doc •50· 201113551 單層或多層.抗反射層以減小反射比且改良可見度。 (經修改實例) 圖3 1B係根據第九實施例之觸控面板之結構之一經修改 實例之一剖視圖。如圖3 1B中所示,該第七實施例之導電 光學器件1用作第一導電基底材料5丨及第二導電基底材料 52中之至少一者。 複數個結構3形成於第一導電基底材料5 1及第二導電基 底材料52之相對表面中之至少一者上。另外,複數個結構 3亦形成於第一導電基底材料5 1之觸控側表面及第二導電 基底材料52之位於顯示器件54側上之表面中之至少—者 上。鑒於抗反射特性及透射特性,合意地,在兩個表面上 形成結構3。 由於在該第九實施例中使用導電光學器件丨作為第一導 電基底材料5 1及第二導電基底材料52中之至少一者,因此 可獲得具有極佳抗反射特性及透射特性之一觸控面板5 〇。 因此,可改良觸控面板50之可見度,尤其係觸控面板5〇之 在外部之可見度。 &lt;10.第十實施例&gt; 圖3 2 A係根據一第十實施例之一觸控面板之一結構實例 之一透視圖。圖32B係顯示根據該第十實施例之觸控面板 之結構之一實例之一剖視圖。此實施例之觸控面板與該第 九實施例之觸控面板的不同之處在於額外提供了形成於觸 控表面上之一硬塗層7。 觸控面板50包含第一導電基底材料51(其包含資訊輸入 150653.doc -51 - 201113551 至其之觸控表面(輸入表面))及與第一導電基底材料5 1相對 之第二導電基底材料52。第一導電基底材料51及第二導電 基底材料52經由在其等周邊部分處之間提供的一接合層55 附接至彼此。使用(舉例而言)一黏合膏或一膠帶作為接合 層55 °合意地’將一防污性質授予硬塗層7之一表面。觸 控面板50經由(舉例而言)黏合劑層53附接至顯示裝置54。 可使用(舉例而言)丙烯酸黏合劑、橡膠黏合劑及矽黏合劑 作為黏合劑層53之材料’但鑒於一透明性丙烯酸黏合劑係 合意。 由於在該第十實施例中硬塗層7形成於第一導電基底材 料5 1之觸控側表面上,因此可改良觸控面板5〇之觸控表面 之一抗磨耗性。 &lt; 11.第Η —實施例&gt; 圖3 3 Α係顯示根據一第--實施例之一觸控面板之一結 構實例之一透視圖。圖33B係顯示根據該第十一實施例之 該觸控面板之結構之一實例之一剖視圖。該第--實施例 之觸控面板50與該第九實施例之觸控面板的不同之處在於 額外提供了經由一接合層60附接至第一導電基底材料51之 觸控側表面之一偏振器58。當如上文所述提供偏振器58 時’合意地’使用一 λ/4-相位差膜作為第一導電基底材料 51及第二導電基底材料52之基板2。藉由如此選用偏振器 58及作為λ/4-相位差膜之基板2,可減少反射比,且可改良 可見度。 合意地’在第一導電基底材料5 1之觸控側表面上形成一 150653.doc -52· 201113551 單層或夕層抗反射層(未顯示)以減少反射比且改良可見 度。此外,可額外地提供經由_接合層61或類似物附接至 第一導電基底材料51之觸控側表面之一前面板(表面部 件)59。與在第一導電基底材料51中一樣,大量結構3可形 成於前面板59之主表面中之至少—者上。圖33顯示其中大 量結構3形成於前面板59之一光入射表面上之一實例。此 外,一玻璃基板56可經由一接合層57或類似物附接至第二 導電基底材料52之位於附接至顯示裝置54或類似裝置之一 側上之表面。 合意地,還在第一導電基底材料51及第二導電基底材料 52中的至少一者的一周邊部分上形成複數個結構3,此乃 因第一導電基底材料51或第二導電基底材料52與接合層55 之間的黏合性可藉由一定錨效應改良。 此外,合意地,還在第二導電基底材料52的附接至顯示 裝置54或類似裝置之表面上形成複數個結構3,此乃因觸 控面板50與接合層57之間的黏合性可藉由該複數個結構3 之定錨效應改良。 &lt; 12 _第十二實施例&gt; 圖34係顯示根據一第十二實施例之一觸控面板之一結構 實例之一剖視圖。該第十二實施例之觸控面板5〇與該第九 實施例之觸控面板的不同之處在於第一導電基底材料51及 第二導電基底材料52中之至少一者在其一周邊部分上包含 複數個結構3。第一導電基底材料5 1及第二導電基底材料 52之該等周邊部分各自包含具有一預定圖案之一佈線層 150653.doc -53· 201113551 71、覆蓋佈線層71之一絕緣層72及用於接合該等基底材料 之接合層55中之至少-者。此外,在第二導電基底材㈣ 之該等主表面之中,大量點間隔件73形成在與第一導電基 底材料51相對之表面上。 佈線層71係用於形成-平行電極、—輸送電路加福⑻ circuit)或類似物且含有一佈線材料(諸如一熱乾燥式或熱 可固化導電膏)作為一主要成分。可使用(舉例而言)一銀膏 作為導電膏。絕緣層72係用於確保該等基底材料中之每一 者之佈線層71之絕緣性質且防止發生短路,且其係由一絕 緣材料形成,例如紫外光可固化或熱可固化絕緣膏或一絕 緣帶。接合層55係用於接合該等基底材料且含有一黏合劑 (諸如紫外光可固化或熱可固化黏合膏)作為一主要成分。 點間隔件73用於確保該等基底材料之間的一間隙且防止該 等基底材料與彼此接觸,且含有紫外光可固化、熱可固化 或微影式點間隔件膏作為一主要成分。 由於在該第十二實施例中,第一導電基底材料Η及第二 導電基底材料52中之至少一者在該周邊部分處包含複數個 結構3 ’因此可獲得—定錨效應。因此,可改良佈線層 71、絕緣層72及接合層55之黏合性。此外,當大量結構3 形成於為一下部電極之第二導電基底材料52之一電極表面 上時,可改良點間隔件73之黏合性。 此外,合意地,還在第二導電基底材料52之接合至顯示 裝置54之表面上形成複數個結構3(如圖34中所示),此乃因 可藉由該複數個結構3之定錨效應改良觸控面板5〇與顯示 150653.doc •54· 201113551 .裝置54之間的黏合性。 &lt; 1 3 .第十三實施例&gt; 圖3 5係顯示根據一第十三實施例之—液晶顯示裝置之一 結構貫例之一剖視圖。如圖3 5中所示’該第十三實施例之 一液晶顯示裝置70包含一液晶面板(液晶層)71(其包含第一 及第二主表面)、形成於該第一主表面上之一第一偏振器 72、形成於該第二主表面上之一第二偏振器73及間置於液 晶面板71與第一偏振器72之間的觸控面板5〇。觸控面板5〇 係一與液晶顯示器整合之觸控面板(所謂的内部觸控面 板)。大量結構3可直接形成於第一偏振器72之一表面上。 當第一偏振器72在該表面上具有一保護層(例如一TAC(三 乙醯基纖維素)膜)時,合意地,在該保護層上直接形成該 等大量結構3。藉由在第-偏振器7 2上如此形成該等大量 結構3,可使液晶顯示裝置7〇更薄。 (液晶面板) 可使用-顯示模式中之-面板作為液晶面板71,例如一 ™(扭曲向列)模式、-STN(超扭曲向列)模式、一 va(垂直 配向)模式、-IPS(平面内切換)模心_〇cb(光學補償雙 折^模式…FLC(鐵電液晶)模式、_p闕聚合物分散 液晶)模式及一PCGH(相位改變主客)模式。 (偏振器) 偏振器72及第二偏振器73經由接合層74及75接合至 ^ ,弟及弟—主表面以使得其透射軸變為相互 垂直。第一偏振器&lt;72及第二偏据哭 1场银商73僅透射入射光中正交 I50653.doc -55· 201113551 偏振分量中之―者,且藉由吸收阻擒另—偏振分量。可使 用(舉例而言)藉由在-聚乙烯醇(PVA)膜上配置—碘錯合 物或—二色性染料獲得之彼等偏振器作為第—偏振器72及 第-偏振器73。合意地’在第一偏振器72及第二偏振器73 之兩個表面上提供-保護層,例如TAC(三乙醢基纖維 素)。 (觸控面板) 可使用根據該第九至第十二實施例之觸控面板中之任一 者作為觸控面板50。 由於在該第十一實施例中液晶面板71與觸控面板5〇共享 第一偏振器7 2,因此可改良光學特性。 &lt;14 ·第十四實施例&gt; 圖36A係顯示根據一第十四實施例之一觸控面板之一結 構之第一實例之一剖視圖。圖36B係顯示根據該第十四 實施例之觸控面板之結構之一第二實例之一剖視圖。該第 十四實施例之觸控面板50係一所謂電容式觸控面板,且大 量結構3形成在其一表面或一内部中之至少一者上。觸控 面板50(舉例而言)經由黏合劑層53接合至顯示裝置。 (第一結構實例) 如圖36A中所示,該第一結構實例之觸控面板⑽包含基 板2、形成在基板2上之透明導電層4及一保護層9。大量結 構3以等於或小於可見光之波長之微小間距形成於基板2及 保護層9中之至少一者上。應注意圖36A顯示其中該等大量 結構3形成於基板2之表面上之一實例。可使用一表面電容 150653.doc 56- 201113551 式觸控面板、一内部電容式觸控面板及—投射電容式觸, 面板作為電容式觸控面板。當諸如一佈線層等一周邊部件 形成於基板2之該周邊部分上時,合意地,還如在該第十 二實施例中—樣在基板2之該周邊部分上形成該等大量結 構3,此乃因可改良該周邊部件(諸如一佈線層)與基板2之 間的黏合性。 保護層9係含有一電介質材料(諸如叫)作為一主要成分 之一電介質層。透明導電層4具有相依於觸控面板5〇之二 型而不同之一結構。舉例而言,當觸控面板5〇為—表面電 容式觸控面板或一内部電容式觸控面板時,透明導電層4 係=有-大致均句厚度之-薄膜。當觸控面板5()係一投曰射 電容式觸控面板時’透明導電層4係一透明電極圖案,例 如以預定間距配置之-日日日格形狀。可使用與該第—實施例 之透明導電層4相同之材料作為第一結構實例之透明導電 層4之材料。除此之外之部分與該第九實施例之彼等部分 相同。 (第二結構實例) 虫圖3 6B中所示,s玄第一結構實例之觸控面板$〇與該第 一結構實例之觸控面板的不同之處在於大量結構3以等於 或小於可見光之波長之微小間距形成於保護層9之該表面 (亦即觸控表面)上,而非觸控面板5〇之内部上。應注意, 亦可在接合至顯示裝置54之一側上之背部表面上形成該等 大量結構3。 由於在該第十四實施例中該等大量結構3形成於電容式 150653.doc -57· 201113551 觸控面板50之表面或内部中之至少一者上,因此該第十 實施例具有與該第八實施例相同之效應。 (若干實例) 後文,將藉助實例詳細闡述該等實施例,但該等實施例 並不限於彼等實例。 將按以下次序闡述該等實例及實驗實例。 1. 導電光學片之光學特性 2. 結構與光學特性及表面電阻之關係 3. 透明導電層之厚度與光學特性及表面電阻之關係 4. 與其他類型之低反射導電膜之比較 5 ·結構與光學特性之間的關係 6. 透明導電層之形狀與光學特性之間的關係 7. 填充率、直徑比及反射比特性(模擬)之間的關係 8. 使用導電光學片之觸控面板之光學特性 9. 藉由蠅眼式結構之黏合性之改良 (高度Η、配置間距p及縱橫比(H/p)) 在以下實例中,如下確定導電光學片之結構之高度Η、 配置間距Ρ及縱橫比(H/p)。 首先,在未沈積一透明導電層之一狀態中,藉由一. AFM(原子力顯微鏡)給一光學片之一表面組態拍照。然. 後,自所拍AFM影像及其一剖面輪廓獲得該等結構之配置 間距Ρ及面度Η。接下來,使用g己置間距ρ及高度Η來獲得 一縱橫比(Η/P)。 (透明導電層之平均膜厚度) 150653.doc -58- 201113551 在以下實例中,如下獲得透明導電層之平均膜厚度。 首先’在跡線延伸方向上㈣科電光學片以包含該等 結構之-頂點部分’且藉由一TEM(透射式電子顯微鏡)給 ” n|j面拍照。自所拍TEM照片量測透明導電層在該等結 構之該等頂點部分處之膜厚度D1。在自該導電光學片隨機 選擇之1G個點處重複此量測,且僅對該等量測值求平均值 (算術中值)以獲得用作#;# a @ &amp;付用邗及透明導電層之平均膜厚度之一平 均膜厚度门“ ^ 此外’如下獲得該透明導電層在作為—凸部分之 頂點部分處之平均膜晟p n , ^ 十均膜尽度〜1、透明導電層在作為一凸部 分之結構之斜面處之平均膜厚 』联厚度Dm2及透明導電層在毗鄰 的作為凸部分之結構之間的平均膜厚度心3。 首先,在跡線延伸方向上切割該導電光學片以包含該等 結構之一頂點部分,且藉由一 TEM給其一剖面拍照。自所 拍TEM照片量測透明導電 电層在3亥荨結構之該等頂點部分處 之膜厚度D1。然後’量測結構3之斜面上之若干位置中在 結構3之高度之-半_)處之膜厚度D2。隨後,量測該等 結構之間的凹部分之甚早你堪 &lt;右干位置中在其中凹部分之深度變 最大之一位置處之膜厚度D3。妙 …、後在自導電光學片隨機 選擇之10個點處重複#Λ π 灵里測臈厚度Dl、D2及D3,且僅對 量測值D1、D2及D3求平均佶〈瞀,占 句值(舁術中值)以獲得平 度 Dml、Dm2&amp;Dm3。 眹辱 此外’如下獲得透明導雷 *電層在作為—凹部分之結構之頂 點部分處之平均膜厚度〇 再 m 透明導電層在作為一凹部分 150653.doc •59· 201113551 之結構之斜面處之平均膜厚度Dm2及該透明導電層在毗鄰 的作為凹部分之結構之間的平均膜厚度Dm3。 首先,在跡線延伸方向上切割該導電光學片以包含該等 結構之一頂點部分,且藉由一 TEM給其一剖面拍照。自所 拍TEM照片量測該透明導電層在作為一非物質空間之該等 結構之頂點部分處之膜厚度D1。然後,量測該結構之斜面 上之若干位置中在该結構之高度之一半處之膜厚度 D2»隨後,量測該等結構之間的凹部分之若干位置中在^ 中凹部分之高度變為最大之一位置處之膜厚度D3。然後, 在自導電光學片隨機選擇之1〇個點處重複量測膜厚度di、 D2及D3,且僅對所量測值D1、〇2及〇3求平均值(算術中 值)以獲得平均膜厚度〇1111、£)〇12及1:^3。 &lt;1.導電光學片之光學特性&gt; (實例1) 首先,製備具有126 mm之一外徑之一玻璃捲軸基質 且如下在該玻璃基質之一表面上沈積一光阻劑層。具體 言,藉由透過一稀釋劑將一光阻劑稀釋至1/10且透過浸 以約70奈米之—厚度將該經稀釋光阻劑施加至該玻璃ς 基質之一圓筒形表面上來沈積該光阻劑層。接下來,將 為一記錄媒體之該玻璃捲軸基質運送至圖u中所示捲軸; 質曝光裝置,以便使該光阻劑層曝光。因此,在該光阻$ 層上圖案化作為—單個螺旋線之—潛像,其橫跨三\固_ 跡線形成六方晶格圖案。 具體而言,將甚至使該玻璃捲軸基質之表面曝光之具琴 I50653.doc •60- 201113551 0.50 mW/m之功率之雷射光輻照至其 圖案之-區域上,卩因士卜Η 成…、方曰曰格 因此形成一凹六方晶格圖 ^該光阻劑層在跡線列方向上之厚度為約Μ奈米U 在跡線延伸方向上之厚度為約50奈米。 八 接下來’該玻璃捲軸基質上 頁上之°亥先阻劑層經受顯影處 理’在s亥顯影處理中,玄鮭 ,合解且顯影經曝光部分處之該光阻 別層。具體而言,將—未經顯影之玻璃捲轴基質放置於一 顯影機(未顯示)之一鑪Α μ 轉至上,且將一顯影劑滴塗至該玻璃 捲軸基貝之表面上同時旋轉整個轉臺,由此顯影該基質之 表面上之該総,獲得其中該光阻劑層呈六方晶 格圖案顯露之一光阻劑玻璃基質。 隨後’使用-捲軸㈣裝置在CHF3氣體之氣氛中執行電 漿蝕刻。因此,該蝕刻僅在該玻璃捲軸基質之表面上自該 光阻劑層曝光且對應於該六方晶格圖案之部分中進行且 不蝕刻其他區域此乃因該光阻劑層充當一遮罩其結果係 獲得具有一橢圓錐體形狀之凹部分。藉由蝕刻時間改變此 時圖案化中之一蝕刻量(深度)。最後,藉由透過〇2灰化完 全移除光阻劑層,獲得一凹六方晶格蠅眼式玻璃捲軸母 反°亥凹邛为在列方向上之一深度比該凹部分在跡線延伸 方向上之深度深。 接下來’將該蠅眼式玻璃捲軸母板與其上已施加有紫外 光可固化樹脂之丙烯酸片彼此緊密接觸,且在藉助紫外射 線輻照以使其固化之同時剝離該丙烯酸片。因此,獲得在 其上於一個主表面上配置複數個結構之一光學片。接下 150653.doc -61 - 201113551 之一膜 來’藉由-韻方法在料結構±沈積具有3〇 厚度之一IZC^。 τ…卞 目私導電光學片係藉由上文所述方法製造。 (實例2) -導電光學片係藉由除將具有16〇奈米之一膜厚度之ιζ〇 膜形成於該等結構上之外與實例i中相同之方法製造。 (實例3) 首先,藉由與實例】中才目同之方法在一個表面上製造其 上配置有複數個結構之—光學片。接下來,藉由與在一個 主表面上形成複數個結構之方法相同之一方法在該光學片 之另一主表面上形成複數個結構。因此,製造其上於兩個 表面上形成複數個結構之一光學片。接下來’藉由一濺鍍 方法將具有30奈米之一平均膜厚度之一 IZ〇膜沈積在形成 於一個主表面上之該等結構上。因此,製造其上於兩個表 面上形成該複數個結構之一導電光學片。 (比較實例1) 藉由除省略沈積一 IZO膜之步驟之外與實例1相同之方法 製造一光學片。 (比較實例2) 藉由透過一濺鍍方法在平滑丙烯酸片之一表面上沈積具 有30奈米之一膜厚度之一 IZO膜製造一導電光學片。 (形狀評估) 在未沈積一 IZO膜之一狀態中藉由一 AFM(原子力顯微 鏡)觀察該等光學片之一表面組態。此後,自該AFM之一 150653.doc -62 - 201113551 剖面輪廓獲得該等實例之結構之高度及類似參數。將結果 顯示於表1中。 (表面電阻評估) 藉由四端子方法(JIS K 7 1 94)量測如上文所述製造之該 等導電光學片之一表面電阻。將結果顯示於表1中。 (反射比/透射比評估) 使用可自JASCO公司購得之一評估裝置(V-550)來評估如 上文所述製造之該等導電光學片之一反射比及透射比。將 結果顯示於圖37A及37B中。 (表1) 實例1 實例2 實例3 比較實例1 比較實例2 配置圖案 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 _ 結構形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 - 結構之凹度及凸度 凸形狀 凸形狀 凸形狀 凸形狀 _ 形成結構之表面 一個表面 一個表面 兩個表,面 一個表面 • 間距(mm) 250 250 250 250 • 高度(nm) 300 300 300 300 _ 縱橫比 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 _ 平均膜厚度(奈米) 30 160 30 _ 30 表面電阻 (Ω/口) 4000 2000 2000 2000 270 應注意在表1中,一圓錐形狀係指具有一彎曲頂點部分 之一橢圓錐體形狀。 可自上文評估結果發現以下内容。 當藉由該四端子方法(JIS K 7 1 94)量測時,比較實例2中 之表面電阻為270 Ω/□。另一方面,在其中將一蠅眼式結 150653.doc •63· 201113551μ u early - 増 plus. Here, the S curve is a 3-inverse S-curve, that is, a _z curve. Further, desirably, the change in the effective refractive index with respect to the depth direction is steeper than the median value of the slope of the effective refractive index on the vertex portion side of the structure 3 and the substrate side, more desirable, you 丨; Its y I 匕 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , Therefore, excellent anti-reflection properties can be obtained. The steepness of the nails is 150653.doc -42- 201113551 For example, the lower part of the structure 3 is joined to a part or the lower part of the machine structure 3. By thus bonding the lower portions of the structures to each other, the change in the effective refractive index of the structure 3 with respect to the depth direction can be smoothed. Therefore, the S-shaped refractive index curve becomes possible. Moreover, by joining portions of the structures to each other, the fill rate of the structures can be increased. It should be noted that in Fig. 24B, the position at which all adjacent structures 3 are joined to each other = the joint portion is indicated by a black dot "*". In particular, the joint portion is formed in all adjacent structures 3, between adjacent structures 3 in the same trace (for example, between a1 and a2) or across structure 3 adjacent to the trace (for example, in a to a7 or A2 to a7). In order to achieve a smooth refractive index curve and to obtain excellent anti-reflection characteristics, it is desirable to form a joint portion in all adjacent structures 3. In order to easily form the joint portions in the subsequent manufacturing method, it is desirable to form joint portions between adjacent structures 3 in the same trace. When the structure 3 is cyclically arranged in a hexagonal lattice pattern or a quasi-hexagonal lattice pattern, the joint portions are joined in one of the directions in which the structures 3 are in the six-fold symmetry. Desirably, the structures 3 are joined such that their lower portions overlap each other. By thus joining the structure 3, an S-shaped refractive index curve can be obtained and the filling rate of the structure 3 can be increased. Desirably, the structures are joined at a portion corresponding to a 1/4 or less of the value of the optical wavelength band in one of the optical path lengths of a refractive index. Therefore, excellent anti-reflection characteristics can be obtained. Desirably, the height of the structure 3 is appropriately set according to one of the wavelength bands of light to be transmitted. Specifically, it is desirable that the height of the structure 3 in a use environment is 150653.doc • 43-201113551 degrees is 5/14 or more of the maximum value of the wavelength band of light and 10/7 or less. When visible light is transmitted through the structure 3, the height of the structure 3 desirably ranges from 1 nanometer to 280 nanometers. Desirably, the aspect ratio (height configuration interval) s of the structure 3 is set to be in the range of 至. 5 to 1 · 4 6 . When the aspect ratio is lower than 〇5, the reflection characteristics and the transmission characteristics tend to deteriorate, and when the aspect ratio exceeds 丨46, the peeling characteristics of the structure 3 tend to deteriorate in the manufacture of the conductive optical device ,, and as a result, A copy cannot be reproduced perfectly. As the material of the structure 3, it contains a UV curable resin (cured by ultraviolet rays), an ionizing radiation curable resin (cured by electron beam) or a heat curable resin (by heat curing) as one of the main components. It is desirable to have a UV curable resin which is cured by ultraviolet rays as one of the main components. Figure 27 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing an example of the shape of the structure. Desirably, the side surface of the structure 3 is gradually widened toward the substrate 2 in a shape of one of the square roots of the eight curves shown in Fig. 26. In the case of this side surface configuration, excellent anti-reflection characteristics can be obtained and one of the transfer properties of the structure 3 can be improved. One of the apex portions 3t of the structure 3 has a planar shape or a convex shape which is tapered toward one end. When the apex portion of the structure 3 has a planar shape, it is 'desirably' an area ratio of one of the planes of one of the apex portions of the structure to the area S of the unit cell (the whistle decreases as the height of the structure 3 increases). In the case of this structure, the anti-reflection property of the structure 3 can be improved. Here, the unit cell system (for example) a hexagonal lattice or a quasi-hexagonal lattice. The bottom surface-area ratio of the structure (structure The area ratio of the area % of the bottom surface to the area S of the unit cell (Sb/S) is desirably close to the area ratio of the apex portion ^ 150653.doc -44. 201113551. Further, it has a lower refractive index than the structure 3. A low refractive index layer may be formed in the apex portion of the structure 3. By thus forming the low refractive index layer', the reflectance can be lowered. - Desirably, the apex portion of the structure 3 and the side surface of the lower portion are free from the apex portion. 3t to the lower portion (d) have - for the first change point Pa and the second change point Pb in the stated order. Therefore, the effective refractive index of the structure 3 with respect to the -Z direction in the depth direction (f) 24A may have an inflection point. Here, the first change point and the second change point are defined as follows. As shown in FIGS. 28A and 28B, when the side surface of the structure 3 between the apex portion and the lower portion of the stern portion is formed by discontinuously connecting a plurality of smooth curves from the apex portion of the structure 3 to the lower portion 3b thereof, the connection is made. The point becomes a change point. These change points coincide with the inflection point. Although it is not accurate to perform - differentiation at the connection point, as the "limit" - the inflection point is also referred to as the inflection point in this case. When the structure 3 has a curved surface as described above, desirably, the inclination of the structure 3 from the vertex portion 3t to the lower portion is gradually from the first change point Pa, and becomes steep from the second change point pb. When the side surface of the structure 3 between the vertex portion 3t and the lower portion (four) is formed by continuously connecting a plurality of smooth curves (shown in FIG. 4) from the vertex portion 3t of the structure 3 to the lower portion thereof, the definition is changed as follows. point. The intersection of the two intersecting tangent lines at each of the two change points on the side surface of the most sinister structure in a curve (as shown in Fig. 28C) becomes a change point. Desirably, the structure 3 has a step st on its side surface between the apex portion 3t and the lower portion. By providing a step st as such, the refractive index profile described above can be achieved by 150653.doc 45« 201113551. In other words, the effective refractive index of the structure 3 with respect to the depth direction can be gradually increased toward the substrate 2 in a -s curve. An example of the step includes a skew step and a parallel step, but the step is: meaning. When the step st is a slant step, the transferability is made more popular than in the case where the step st is a parallel step. The oblique step refers to a step in which the side surface is not parallel to the surface of the substrate, but is widened from the apex portion of the structure 3 toward the lower portion. The parallel step refers to a step parallel to the surface of the substrate. Here, the step is to set one of the segments by the first change point and the second change point pb described above. It should be noted that the step st does not include a plane of the vertex portion 3t and a curve or plane in the structure. Desirably, the structure 3 has a pyramid shape which is axisymmetric except for being joined to a portion below the adjacent structure 3 or a pyramid shape obtained by extending or contracting the pyramid shape in the direction of the trace in view of formability. Examples of the shape of the pyramid include a cone shape, a frustum shape, an elliptical cone shape, and an elliptical frustum shape. Here, in addition to the pyramid shape and the frustum shape, the pyramid shape conceptually includes an elliptical cone shape and an elliptical frustum shape as described above. Further, the shape of the head cone means that one shape is obtained by cutting off one of the apex portions of the shape of the cone and the elliptical frustum shape is obtained by cutting off one of the apex portions of an elliptical cone. Get one of the shapes. It should be noted that the entire shape of the structure 3 is not limited to the shape and only needs to be one in which the refractive index of the structure 3 with respect to the depth direction is gradually increased toward the substrate 2 by an S-curve. In addition, the pyramid shape includes not only a complete pyramid shape but also the following gold 150653.doc -46- 201113551 Font shape: As described above, the step St is included on the I side and the side surface. A structure having an elliptical cone shape 3 - 〇 to sub-tower structure, and a bottom surface having an imprinted ^ 赤 τ τ y (four) or - egg shape (which has a major axis and a minor axis) and a vertex Partially oriented - the ends are tapered. The structure 3 having a shape in which the bottom surface of the bottom surface σ 具有 has an oval shape or an egg shape (having a long axis and a short axis) and the apex portion is a gentle-pyramid structure. When the structure 3 is formed into an elliptical cone shape or an elliptical frustum shape, it is desirable to form the structure 3 on the surface of the U.S. The long axis direction of the Ρ surface coincides with the direction in which the trace extends (X direction). The cross-sectional area of the structure 3 is changed with respect to the depth direction of the structure 3 to correspond to the refractive index profile described above. Desirably, the cross-sectional area of the structure 3 is singularly increased in the depth direction of the structure 3. Here, the sectional area of the structure 3 means one of a cross section parallel to the surface of the substrate on which the structure 3 is formed: product. Desirably, the cross-sectional area of the structure 3 in the depth direction is varied such that the ratio of one of the cross-sectional areas of the structure 3 at positions having different depths corresponds to an effective refractive index curve corresponding to the positions. The structure 3 having the steps described above is obtained, for example, by using a substrate transfer-configuration as described below. Specifically, one of the substrates formed on one side surface of a structure (concave portion) is manufactured by appropriately adjusting one of the etching treatment and the ashing treatment in the etching step in the fabrication of the base. According to the sixth embodiment, the structures 3 each have a pyramid shape, and the effective refractive index of the structure 3 with respect to the depth direction gradually increases toward the substrate 2 by an S curve. Therefore, a reflection can be reduced because the shape of the structure 3 is not obvious to the light by the shape of the structure 3150653.doc •47·201113551. Therefore, excellent anti-reflection characteristics can be obtained. Especially when the height of the structure 3 is large, excellent anti-reflection characteristics are obtained. Further, since the lower portions of the adjacent structures 3 are joined to each other while being heavy, the filling rate of the structure 3 can be increased and the formability of the structure 3 can be improved. Desirably, the effective refractive index profile of the structure 3 with respect to the depth direction of an 8 curve is varied and the structures are configured into a (quasi) hexagonal lattice pattern or a (quasi) square lattice pattern. Further, desirably, the structure 3 has an axisymmetric structure or a structure in which the axisymmetric structure extends or contracts in the direction of the trace. Furthermore, it is desirable to join adjacent structures 3 in the vicinity of the substrate. In the case of this structure, a high-performance anti-reflection substrate which can be manufactured more easily can be produced. When the conductive optical device 1 is manufactured by a method in which the optical disk substrate manufacturing process and the etching process are combined, one time (exposure time) required for the substrate manufacturing process and the case where the conductive optical device is fabricated by an electron beam exposure The ratio can be significantly shortened. Therefore, the conductive optics can be significantly improved. When the apex portion of the structure 3 is not steep and gentle, the durability of the conductive optical device 1 can be improved. In addition, the peeling characteristics of the structure 3 with respect to the reel mother board 11 can also be improved. When the step of the structure 3 is a stepped step, a transferability can be improved as compared with the case where the step is a parallel step. &lt;7. Seventh Embodiment&gt; Fig. 29 is a cross-sectional view showing one structural example of one conductive optical device according to a seventh embodiment. As shown in FIG. 29, the conductive optical member 1 of the seventh embodiment differs from the conductive optical device of the first embodiment in the main surface of the structure 3 of 150653.doc -48·201113551 (the first main table) - the main surface). The surface, the arrangement pattern of the structure 3, and the other main surface on the other side on which the surface 3 has been formed may be formed according to the desired characteristics (for the two main surfaces of the conductive optical device 1) The aspect ratio and the similar parameters do not need to be the same, and the pattern and aspect ratio are the same. For example, the configuration pattern of the main surface can be aligned with the hexagonal lattice pattern 且' and the configuration pattern of the other main surface can be a quasi-square lattice pattern. Since a plurality of structures 3 are formed on the two main surfaces of the substrate 2 in the seventh embodiment, an anti-reflection function can be imparted to both the light incident surface and the light emitting surface of the conductive optical device. Therefore, it can be additionally improved. &lt;8. Eighth Embodiment&gt; Fig. 30 is a cross-sectional view showing a structural example of a conductive optical device according to an eighth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 30, the conductive optical device i is different from the conductive optical device of the first embodiment in that a transparent conductive layer 8 is formed on the substrate 2 and a large number of structures 3 having a transparent conductivity are formed in the S transparent On one surface of the conductive layer 8. The transparent conductive layer 8 comprises at least one type of material selected from the group consisting of a conductive polymer, a conductive filler, a carbon nanotube, and a conductive powder. A silver based filler can be used, for example, as a conductive filler. An IT powder can be used, for example, as a conductive powder. This eighth embodiment has the same effect as the first embodiment above. &lt;9. Ninth Embodiment&gt; Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a touch panel according to a ninth embodiment, 150653.doc-49-201113551. This touch panel is a so-called resistive touch panel. An analog-type resistive touch panel or a digital resistor can be used: the touch panel is used as a resistive touch panel. As shown in FIG. 31A, the touch panel 50 as one of the information input devices includes a first conductive base material 51 (which includes information input to one of the touch surfaces (input surface)) and the first conductive substrate. Material 51 is opposite one of the second conductive substrate materials 52. Desirably, the touch panel 50 additionally includes a hard coat layer or an antifouling hard coat layer on one of the touch side surfaces of the first conductive base material 5 . In addition, a front panel may be additionally provided on the touch panel 50 as needed. For example, the touch panel 5A is attached to a display device 54 via a layer of adhesive 53. Examples of the display device include various display devices such as a liquid crystal display, a CRT (cathode ray tube) display, a plasma display (pDp: plasma display panel), an EL (electroluminescence) display, and an SED (surface) Conducted electron emission display). Any one of the conductive optical devices 1 according to the first to sixth embodiments is used as at least one of the first conductive base material 51 and the second conductive base material 52. When any one of the conductive optical devices 1 according to the first to sixth embodiments is used for the first conductive base material 51 and the second conductive base material 52, the conductive optical device 1 of the same embodiment or different embodiments Useful for the electrically conductive substrate materials desirably, forming the structure 3 on at least one of the two opposing surfaces of the first electrically conductive substrate material 51 and the second electrically conductive substrate material 52, or in view of anti-reflective and transmissive properties, Structure 3 is formed on both surfaces. Desirably, a 150653.doc • 50· 201113551 single layer or a plurality of layers of antireflection layer are formed on the touch side surface of the first conductive base material 51 to reduce the reflectance and improve the visibility. (Modified Example) Fig. 3B is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of the structure of the touch panel according to the ninth embodiment. As shown in Fig. 31B, the electroconductive optical device 1 of the seventh embodiment is used as at least one of a first conductive base material 5'' and a second conductive base material 52. A plurality of structures 3 are formed on at least one of the opposing surfaces of the first conductive base material 51 and the second conductive base material 52. In addition, a plurality of structures 3 are also formed on at least one of the touch side surface of the first conductive base material 51 and the surface of the second conductive base material 52 on the side of the display device 54. In view of anti-reflection characteristics and transmission characteristics, it is desirable to form the structure 3 on both surfaces. Since the conductive optical device 丨 is used as at least one of the first conductive base material 51 and the second conductive base material 52 in the ninth embodiment, one of the touches having excellent anti-reflection characteristics and transmission characteristics can be obtained. Panel 5 〇. Therefore, the visibility of the touch panel 50 can be improved, in particular, the visibility of the touch panel 5 outside. &lt;10. Tenth Embodiment&gt; Fig. 3 2 is a perspective view showing one structural example of a touch panel according to a tenth embodiment. Fig. 32B is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the structure of the touch panel according to the tenth embodiment. The touch panel of this embodiment is different from the touch panel of the ninth embodiment in that a hard coat layer 7 formed on the touch surface is additionally provided. The touch panel 50 includes a first conductive base material 51 (which includes information input 150653.doc -51 - 201113551 to the touch surface (input surface) thereof) and a second conductive base material opposite to the first conductive base material 51 52. The first conductive base material 51 and the second conductive base material 52 are attached to each other via a bonding layer 55 provided between their peripheral portions. An antifouling property is imparted to one surface of the hard coat layer 7 using, for example, an adhesive paste or a tape as the bonding layer 55 ° desirably. The touch panel 50 is attached to the display device 54 via, for example, an adhesive layer 53. For example, an acrylic adhesive, a rubber adhesive, and a bismuth adhesive can be used as the material of the adhesive layer 53 'but in view of a transparent acrylic adhesive. Since the hard coat layer 7 is formed on the touch side surface of the first conductive base material 51 in the tenth embodiment, the abrasion resistance of the touch surface of the touch panel 5 can be improved. &lt; 11. Η - Embodiments&gt; Fig. 3 is a perspective view showing one of the structural examples of one of the touch panels according to a first embodiment. Fig. 33B is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the structure of the touch panel according to the eleventh embodiment. The touch panel 50 of the first embodiment is different from the touch panel of the ninth embodiment in that one of the touch side surfaces attached to the first conductive base material 51 via a bonding layer 60 is additionally provided. Polarizer 58. When the polarizer 58 is provided as described above, a λ/4-phase difference film is desirably used as the substrate 2 of the first conductive base material 51 and the second conductive base material 52. By using the polarizer 58 and the substrate 2 as the λ/4-phase difference film in this way, the reflectance can be reduced and the visibility can be improved. Desirably, a 150653.doc -52·201113551 single layer or eve layer antireflection layer (not shown) is formed on the touch side surface of the first conductive base material 51 to reduce the reflectance and improve the visibility. Further, a front panel (surface member) 59 attached to the touch side surface of the first conductive base material 51 via the bonding layer 61 or the like may be additionally provided. As in the first conductive substrate material 51, a plurality of structures 3 can be formed on at least one of the major surfaces of the front panel 59. Fig. 33 shows an example in which a large number of structures 3 are formed on one of the light incident surfaces of the front panel 59. Further, a glass substrate 56 may be attached to a surface of the second conductive base material 52 on the side attached to one side of the display device 54 or the like via a bonding layer 57 or the like. Desirably, a plurality of structures 3 are also formed on a peripheral portion of at least one of the first conductive base material 51 and the second conductive base material 52 due to the first conductive base material 51 or the second conductive base material 52. The adhesion to the bonding layer 55 can be improved by a certain anchor effect. Further, it is desirable to form a plurality of structures 3 on the surface of the second conductive base material 52 attached to the display device 54 or the like, because the adhesion between the touch panel 50 and the bonding layer 57 can be borrowed. The anchoring effect of the plurality of structures 3 is improved. &lt;12_Twelfth Embodiment&gt; Fig. 34 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the structure of one of the touch panels according to a twelfth embodiment. The touch panel 5 of the twelfth embodiment is different from the touch panel of the ninth embodiment in that at least one of the first conductive base material 51 and the second conductive base material 52 is at a peripheral portion thereof. It contains a plurality of structures 3. The peripheral portions of the first conductive base material 51 and the second conductive base material 52 each include a wiring layer 150653.doc-53·201113551 71 having a predetermined pattern, an insulating layer 72 covering the wiring layer 71, and At least one of the bonding layers 55 joining the substrate materials. Further, among the main surfaces of the second conductive substrate (4), a large number of dot spacers 73 are formed on the surface opposite to the first conductive substrate material 51. The wiring layer 71 is used to form a -parallel electrode, a transfer circuit (b) circuit or the like and contains a wiring material such as a heat-drying or heat-curable conductive paste as a main component. A silver paste can be used, for example, as a conductive paste. The insulating layer 72 is used to ensure the insulating properties of the wiring layer 71 of each of the base materials and to prevent short circuit, and is formed of an insulating material such as an ultraviolet curable or heat curable insulating paste or a Insulation tape. The bonding layer 55 is used to bond the base materials and contains a binder such as an ultraviolet curable or heat curable adhesive as a main component. The dot spacers 73 serve to ensure a gap between the substrate materials and prevent the substrate materials from coming into contact with each other, and contain ultraviolet curable, heat curable or lithographic dot spacer paste as a main component. Since in the twelfth embodiment, at least one of the first conductive base material Η and the second conductive base material 52 contains a plurality of structures 3' at the peripheral portion, a anchoring effect can be obtained. Therefore, the adhesion of the wiring layer 71, the insulating layer 72, and the bonding layer 55 can be improved. Further, when a large number of structures 3 are formed on the surface of one of the second conductive base materials 52 which are the lower electrodes, the adhesion of the dot spacers 73 can be improved. Further, desirably, a plurality of structures 3 (as shown in FIG. 34) are also formed on the surface of the second conductive base material 52 bonded to the display device 54, because the anchors of the plurality of structures 3 are The effect improves the adhesion between the touch panel 5 and the display 150653.doc • 54· 201113551. &lt;1 3. The thirteenth embodiment&gt; Fig. 35 is a cross-sectional view showing a structural example of a liquid crystal display device according to a thirteenth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 35, the liquid crystal display device 70 of the thirteenth embodiment includes a liquid crystal panel (liquid crystal layer) 71 (which includes first and second main surfaces) formed on the first main surface. A first polarizer 72, a second polarizer 73 formed on the second main surface, and a touch panel 5 disposed between the liquid crystal panel 71 and the first polarizer 72. The touch panel 5 is a touch panel integrated with a liquid crystal display (so-called internal touch panel). A plurality of structures 3 can be formed directly on one surface of the first polarizer 72. When the first polarizer 72 has a protective layer (e.g., a TAC (triacetyl cellulose) film) on the surface, it is desirable to form the plurality of structures 3 directly on the protective layer. By forming the plurality of structures 3 on the first polarizer 72, the liquid crystal display device 7 can be made thinner. (Liquid Crystal Panel) The panel in the - display mode can be used as the liquid crystal panel 71, such as a TM (twisted nematic) mode, -STN (super twisted nematic) mode, a va (vertical alignment) mode, -IPS (plane) Internal switching) Mode _ 〇 cb (optical compensation bi-fold mode + FLC (ferroelectric liquid crystal) mode, _p 阙 polymer dispersed liquid crystal) mode and a PCGH (phase change host and guest) mode. (Polarizer) The polarizer 72 and the second polarizer 73 are bonded to the main surface via the bonding layers 74 and 75 such that their transmission axes become perpendicular to each other. First polarizer &lt;72 and second biased crying 1 field silver merchant 73 only transmits the orthogonality of the incident light I50653.doc -55· 201113551, and absorbs the other polarization component. These polarizers obtained, for example, by disposing an iodine complex or a dichroic dye on a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) film, may be used as the first polarizer 72 and the first polarizer 73. Desirably, a protective layer, such as TAC (triethyl decyl cellulose), is provided on both surfaces of the first polarizer 72 and the second polarizer 73. (Touch Panel) Any of the touch panels according to the ninth to twelfth embodiments can be used as the touch panel 50. Since the liquid crystal panel 71 and the touch panel 5 are shared by the first polarizer 72 in the eleventh embodiment, the optical characteristics can be improved. &lt;14. Fourteenth Embodiment&gt; Fig. 36A is a cross-sectional view showing a first example of a structure of a touch panel according to a fourteenth embodiment. Fig. 36B is a cross-sectional view showing a second example of the structure of the touch panel according to the fourteenth embodiment. The touch panel 50 of the fourteenth embodiment is a so-called capacitive touch panel, and a plurality of structures 3 are formed on at least one of a surface or an interior thereof. Touch panel 50, for example, is bonded to the display device via adhesive layer 53. (First Structural Example) As shown in Fig. 36A, the touch panel (10) of the first structural example comprises a substrate 2, a transparent conductive layer 4 formed on the substrate 2, and a protective layer 9. The plurality of structures 3 are formed on at least one of the substrate 2 and the protective layer 9 at a minute pitch equal to or smaller than the wavelength of visible light. It should be noted that Fig. 36A shows an example in which the plurality of structures 3 are formed on the surface of the substrate 2. A surface capacitance 150653.doc 56-201113551 type touch panel, an internal capacitive touch panel, and a projected capacitive touch panel can be used as the capacitive touch panel. When a peripheral member such as a wiring layer is formed on the peripheral portion of the substrate 2, desirably, as in the twelfth embodiment, the plurality of structures 3 are formed on the peripheral portion of the substrate 2, This is because the adhesion between the peripheral member such as a wiring layer and the substrate 2 can be improved. The protective layer 9 contains a dielectric material such as a dielectric layer as a main component. The transparent conductive layer 4 has a structure different from that of the touch panel 5'. For example, when the touch panel 5 is a surface capacitive touch panel or an internal capacitive touch panel, the transparent conductive layer 4 is a film having a thickness of approximately uniform thickness. When the touch panel 5() is thrown into a capacitive touch panel, the transparent conductive layer 4 is a transparent electrode pattern, for example, a day-and-day grid shape arranged at a predetermined pitch. The same material as the transparent conductive layer 4 of the first embodiment can be used as the material of the transparent conductive layer 4 of the first structural example. The other parts are the same as those of the ninth embodiment. (Second Structural Example) As shown in FIG. 3B, the touch panel of the first structural example is different from the touch panel of the first structural example in that a large number of structures 3 are equal to or smaller than visible light. A small pitch of the wavelength is formed on the surface (ie, the touch surface) of the protective layer 9 instead of the inside of the touch panel 5. It should be noted that the plurality of structures 3 may also be formed on the back surface joined to one side of the display device 54. Since the plurality of structures 3 are formed on at least one of the surface or the interior of the capacitive 150653.doc-57·201113551 touch panel 50 in the fourteenth embodiment, the tenth embodiment has the same The same effect of the eight embodiments. (Several Examples) Hereinafter, the embodiments will be explained in detail by way of examples, but the embodiments are not limited to the examples. These examples and experimental examples will be explained in the following order. 1. Optical properties of conductive optical sheets 2. Relationship between structure and optical properties and surface resistance 3. Relationship between thickness of transparent conductive layer and optical properties and surface resistance 4. Comparison with other types of low-reflection conductive films 5 · Structure and Relationship between optical characteristics 6. Relationship between shape and optical characteristics of transparent conductive layer 7. Relationship between filling ratio, diameter ratio, and reflectance characteristic (analog) 8. Optical of touch panel using conductive optical sheets Characteristics 9. Improvement in adhesion by fly-eye structure (height 配置, arrangement pitch p, and aspect ratio (H/p)) In the following examples, the height Η, arrangement pitch Ρ of the structure of the conductive optical sheet is determined as follows Aspect ratio (H/p). First, in the state where one of the transparent conductive layers is not deposited, a surface of one of the optical sheets is photographed by an AFM (Atomic Force Microscope). However, the configuration of the AFM image and its profile is obtained from the AFM image and its profile. Next, an aspect ratio (Η/P) is obtained using the g-set pitch ρ and the height Η. (Average film thickness of transparent conductive layer) 150653.doc -58- 201113551 In the following examples, the average film thickness of the transparent conductive layer was obtained as follows. First, 'in the direction of the trace extension (4) the electro-optical sheet contains the apex portion of the structure and the photo is taken by the TEM (transmission electron microscope). The TEM photo is taken transparently. a film thickness D1 of the conductive layer at the apex portions of the structures. The measurement is repeated at 1 G points randomly selected from the conductive optical sheet, and only the equal values are averaged (arithmetic median) Obtaining an average film thickness of one of the average film thicknesses used as the ### @ @ampamp and transparent conductive layer, the average film thickness gate "^ additionally" obtains the average of the transparent conductive layer at the apex portion of the convex portion as follows Membrane 晟 pn , ^ decimal film end 〜 1, average thickness of the transparent conductive layer at the slope of the structure as a convex portion, the thickness Dm2 and the average of the transparent conductive layer between the adjacent structures as convex portions Film thickness heart 3. First, the conductive optical sheet is cut in the direction in which the trace extends to include one of the vertices of the structures, and a section thereof is photographed by a TEM. The film thickness D1 of the transparent conductive layer at the apex portions of the 3 荨 structure was measured from the TEM photograph taken. Then, the film thickness D2 at the height - half _ of the structure 3 in several positions on the slope of the structure 3 is measured. Then, measuring the concave portion between the structures is very early. &lt; Film thickness D3 in the right dry position at a position where the depth of the concave portion becomes maximum. Miao..., after repeating the 10 points randomly selected from the conductive optical sheet, #Λ π 灵里 measured the thickness Dl, D2 and D3, and only averaged the measured values D1, D2 and D3 瞀 <瞀, 占句Value (median value) to obtain flatness Dml, Dm2 &amp; Dm3. Insulting In addition, the average film thickness at the apex portion of the structure as the concave portion is obtained as follows: 透明 m The transparent conductive layer is at the slope of the structure as a concave portion 150653.doc • 59· 201113551 The average film thickness Dm2 and the average film thickness Dm3 of the transparent conductive layer between adjacent structures as concave portions. First, the conductive optical sheet is cut in the direction in which the trace extends to include one of the vertices of the structures, and a section thereof is photographed by a TEM. The film thickness D1 of the transparent conductive layer at the apex portion of the structures as an intangible space was measured from the TEM photograph taken. Then, measuring the film thickness D2 at a half of the height of the structure in a plurality of positions on the slope of the structure, and subsequently measuring the height of the concave portion in the plurality of positions of the concave portion between the structures The film thickness D3 at one of the largest positions. Then, the film thicknesses di, D2, and D3 are repeatedly measured at one point randomly selected from the conductive optical sheets, and only the measured values D1, 〇2, and 〇3 are averaged (arithmetic middle value) to obtain The average film thickness is 〇1111, £) 〇12 and 1:3. &lt;1. Optical characteristics of conductive optical sheet&gt; (Example 1) First, a glass reel substrate having one outer diameter of 126 mm was prepared and a photoresist layer was deposited on one surface of the glass substrate as follows. Specifically, the photoresist is deposited by diluting a photoresist to 1/10 through a diluent and applying the diluted photoresist to a cylindrical surface of the glass crucible substrate by a thickness of about 70 nm. The photoresist layer. Next, the glass reel substrate of a recording medium is transported to the reel shown in Fig. u; a mass exposure device to expose the photoresist layer. Thus, the photoresist layer is patterned on the photoresist layer as a latent image of a single spiral that forms a hexagonal lattice pattern across the three solids. Specifically, even the laser light having the power of the surface of the glass reel substrate exposed to the surface of the glass I50653.doc • 60-201113551 0.50 mW/m is irradiated onto the region of the pattern, and the 卩 士 Η Η... The square lattice thus forms a concave hexagonal lattice pattern. The thickness of the photoresist layer in the direction of the trace array is about 50 nm in the direction in which the trace extends. 8. Next, the layer of the resist on the upper side of the glass reel substrate is subjected to a development process. In the development process, the ruthenium is resolved and the photo-resist layer at the exposed portion is developed. Specifically, the undeveloped glass reel substrate is placed on a furnace Α μ of a developing machine (not shown), and a developer is applied onto the surface of the glass reel base while rotating the entire The turntable, thereby developing the ruthenium on the surface of the substrate, obtains a photoresist glass substrate in which the photoresist layer is exposed in a hexagonal lattice pattern. Subsequently, the use-reel (four) device performs plasma etching in an atmosphere of CHF3 gas. Therefore, the etching is performed only on the surface of the glass reel substrate from the photoresist layer and corresponding to the portion of the hexagonal lattice pattern and does not etch other regions because the photoresist layer acts as a mask. As a result, a concave portion having an elliptical cone shape is obtained. One etching amount (depth) in the patterning at this time is changed by the etching time. Finally, by completely removing the photoresist layer by 〇2 ashing, a concave hexagonal lattice fly-eye glass reel is obtained, which is one of the depths in the column direction and is extended in the trace than the concave portion. The depth in the direction is deep. Next, the fly-eye glass reel mother board and the acrylic sheet to which the ultraviolet curable resin has been applied are brought into close contact with each other, and the acrylic sheet is peeled off while being irradiated by ultraviolet rays to be cured. Therefore, an optical sheet on which a plurality of structures are disposed on one main surface is obtained. Next, 150653.doc -61 - 201113551 one of the membranes was made by the rhyme method in the material structure ± deposited with one of the thicknesses of 3 I IZC^. τ...卞 The objective conductive optical sheet is manufactured by the method described above. (Example 2) - A conductive optical sheet was produced by the same method as in Example i except that an ITO film having a film thickness of 16 Å was formed on the structures. (Example 3) First, an optical sheet on which a plurality of structures were arranged was fabricated on one surface by the same method as in the example. Next, a plurality of structures are formed on the other main surface of the optical sheet by one of the same methods as forming a plurality of structures on one main surface. Therefore, an optical sheet in which a plurality of structures are formed on both surfaces is fabricated. Next, an IZ film having an average film thickness of 30 nm is deposited on the structures formed on one main surface by a sputtering method. Therefore, a conductive optical sheet in which the plurality of structures are formed on both surfaces is fabricated. (Comparative Example 1) An optical sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the step of depositing an IZO film was omitted. (Comparative Example 2) A conductive optical sheet was produced by depositing an IZO film having a film thickness of 30 nm on one surface of a smooth acrylic sheet by a sputtering method. (Shape evaluation) The surface configuration of one of the optical sheets was observed by an AFM (Atomic Force Microscope) in a state in which an IZO film was not deposited. Thereafter, the height of the structure of the examples and similar parameters are obtained from one of the AFM's 150653.doc -62 - 201113551 profile. The results are shown in Table 1. (Surface Resistance Evaluation) The surface resistance of one of the conductive optical sheets manufactured as described above was measured by a four-terminal method (JIS K 7 1 94). The results are shown in Table 1. (Reflection ratio/transmittance evaluation) The reflectance and transmittance of one of the conductive optical sheets manufactured as described above were evaluated using an evaluation device (V-550) available from JASCO Corporation. The results are shown in Figures 37A and 37B. (Table 1) Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Comparative Example 1 Comparative Example 2 Configuration pattern hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice _ structure shape cone shape cone shape cone shape cone shape - structure concavity And convex convex shape convex convex shape convex shape _ surface of the structure one surface one surface one surface two surfaces one surface • pitch (mm) 250 250 250 250 • height (nm) 300 300 300 300 _ aspect ratio 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 _ Average film thickness (nano) 30 160 30 _ 30 Surface resistance (Ω/port) 4000 2000 2000 2000 270 It should be noted that in Table 1, a conical shape refers to an elliptical cone shape having one of the curved apex portions. . The following can be found from the results of the above evaluation. When measured by the four-terminal method (JIS K 7 1 94), the surface resistance in Comparative Example 2 was 270 Ω/□. On the other hand, in which a fly-eye knot will be 150653.doc •63· 201113551

構形成於該表面上之實例1 φ A 貫例1中,虽藉由-板狀轉換將具有 2·0* 1 〇 Qcm之一電阻夕 ^ „〇 ^ ^ 冤之一透明導電層(IZ0膜)沈積為具有 3〇奈米之一膜厚度時,哕承的描+ 卞π亥千均膜厚度變為約30奈米。甚至 在將一表面面積之一辦·Αη·ΐ?·旦士 1 增加考罝在内之情形下此時之表面恭 阻亦變為4000 Ω/□。作為一 膜式觸控面板,此級別雷 阻沒有問題。 电 如圖37Α及37Β中所元,杳&amp;,„ l 貫例1,、有與比較實例1相等級 別之特性,在比較實例i中去 中未形成该透明導電層且僅在該 表面上形成蠅眼式結構。卜冰 〜a 楫此外,在貫例1中,獲得比比較 貫例1中更佳之光學特性,Λ , 干㈣在比k貫例丨中,將具有一相當 級別之表面電阻之透明導電層沈積在一平滑片上。 由於在實例2中沈積在—拓扯絲从上 仕板狀轉換中具有160奈米之一厚Example 1 formed on the surface φ A In Example 1, although a plate-shaped conversion would have a resistance of 2·0* 1 〇Qcm, one of the transparent conductive layers (IZ0 film) When deposited to have a film thickness of 3 〇 nanometer, the thickness of the + 亥 亥 亥 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千 千1 In the case of adding a test, the surface resistance at this time also becomes 4000 Ω/□. As a film type touch panel, there is no problem with this level of lightning resistance. As shown in Figure 37Α and 37Β, 杳&amp ;, Example 1, having the same level of characteristics as Comparative Example 1, in the comparative example i, the transparent conductive layer was not formed and only the fly-eye structure was formed on the surface. Bu Bing~a 楫 In addition, in Example 1, better optical characteristics than in Comparative Example 1 were obtained, and 干, 干燥 (4) deposited a transparent conductive layer having a comparable level of surface resistance in a specific example. On a smooth sheet. Since it is deposited in Example 2, the wire is 160 mm thick from the upper plate shape conversion.

度(平均膜厚度)之一透明暮I 逐月導電層(IZ0膜),因此該透射比趨 於降低。認為此係由於因將該透明導電層形成為過厚,因 而該等㈣式結構Μ其形狀且因此維持-所需形狀變得 困難。換e之,藉由將該透明導 %月導電層形成為過厚,在維持 該專繩眼式結構之形狀之同時使一薄膜生長變得困難。献 而,甚至在如上文所述未維持該形狀時,該等光學特料 比較實例2之彼等光學特性爭 .,± ,在比較貫例2中僅將該透 明導電層沈積在-平滑片上。 彳ϊ將Μ 在其中將s亥專繩眼式έ士福# #从 飞、·、。構形成於兩個表面上之實例3 中,相比於其中將該等罐眼式έ 式1。構形成於一個表面上之實 例1,改良5玄抗反射功能。可自_ ^ ^ j 1 h 了自圖37B看出實現其中該透射 比如97%或99%—樣高之特性。 150653.doc -64 - 201113551 &lt;2.結構與光學特性及表®電阻之關係〉 (實例4至6) 藉由除以下内容之外與實例1中相同之方法製造一導番 光學片:#由針對每-跡線調整—極性反轉格式化器信贤 之-頻率、-捲軸之一rpm及—饋送間距且圖案化一光^ 劑層來將六方晶格圖案記錄至該光阻劑層上。 (實例7) 藉由除顛倒實例6之凹度及凸度之外與實例丨中相同之方 法製造其中將複數個凹結構(反轉圖案之結構)形成於〜表 面上之一導電光學片。 (比較實例3) 藉由除省略一 IZO膜之沈積之外與實例4中相同之方法製 造一導電光學片。 ~ (比較實例4) 藉由除省略一 IZO膜之沈積之外與實例6中相同之方法製 造一導電光學片。 (比較實例5) 藉由透過一濺鍍方法在平滑丙烯酸片上沈積具有4〇奈米 之一膜厚度之一 IZO膜製造一導電光學片。 (形狀評估) 在未沈積一 IZO膜之一狀態中藉由一 AFM(原子力顯微 鏡)觀察該等光學片之一表面組態。此後,自該AFM之一 剖面輪廓獲得該等實例之結構之高度及類似參數。將結果 顯示於表2中。 150653.doc -65- 201113551 (表面電阻評估) 藉由四端子方法量測如上文所述製造之該等導電光學片 之一表面電阻。將結果顯示於表2中。此外,圖3 8 A顯示縱 橫比與表面電阻之間的一關係。圖38B顯示該等結構之高 度與該表面電阻之間的一關係。 (反射比/透射比評估) 使用可自JASCO公司購得之一評估裝置(V-550)評估如上 文所述製造之該等導電光學片之一反射比及透射比。將結 果顯示於圖39A及39B中。此外,圖40A及40B分別顯示實 例6及比較實例4之透射特性及反射特性,且圖41A及41B 分別顯示實例4及比較實例3之透射特性及反射特性。 (表2) 實例4 實例5 實例6 實例7 比較實例3 比較實例4 比較實例5 配置圖案 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 • 結構形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 結構之凹度及凸度 凸形狀 凸形狀 凸形狀 凹形狀 凸形狀 凸形狀 • 形成結構之表面 一個表面 一個表面 一個表面 一個表面 一個表面 一個表面 • 間距(mm) 250 240 270 270 250 270 • 高度(nm) 300 200 170 170 300 170 縱橫比 1.2 0.8 0.6 0.6 1.2 0.6 _ 平均膜厚度(奈米) 40 40 40 40 • _ 40 表面電阻(Ω/口) 1900.0 1300.0 395.0 269.0 _ - 122.0 應注意表2中,一圓錐形狀係指具有一彎曲頂點部分之 一橢圓錐體形狀。 可自圖38A及38B發現以下内容。 該等結構之縱橫比與該表面電阻相關,且該表面電阻趨 150653.doc -66- 201113551 於幾乎與該縱橫比之值成比例地增加。認為此係由於該透 明導電層之該膜厚度隨著該等結構之斜面變陡而降低,或 該表面面積隨著該等結構之高度或深度增加而增加,由此 產生一高電阻。 由於通常需要該觸控面板具有500至300 Ω/□之一表面電 I5且’因此合意地適當調整該縱橫比以使得當將本實施例應 用於一觸控面板時可獲得一所需電阻值。 可自圖39A、39B、40A及40B發現以下内容。 儘管當波長短於450奈米時,該透射比趨於降低,但當 波長在450奈米至800奈米之範圍内時可獲得極佳透射特 性。另外,隨著該等結構之該縱橫比增加可更徹底地抑制 較短波長側上該透射比之一增加。 儘管當波長短於450奈米時該反射比趨於增加,但當波 長在450奈米至8〇〇奈米之範圍内時可獲得極佳反射特性。 另外,著该等結構之縱橫比增加可更徹底地抑制在較短 波長側上該反射比之一增加。 2中形成凸結構之實例6之光學特性比其中形成凹結構 之實例7之彼等光學特性更佳。 j a IM) 在其中該縱橫比為12之實例4中,相比於其十該 為0 · 6之實例6,胳兮土姐b 係由於^ 之—改變抑料低。認為* 鄉…中錢橫比為1.2之實例4之表面面積大於 縱檢比為0.6之實你丨&amp;々# * t '、τ 〇上 被表面面積,且該透明導電#相誓: 於該荨結構之膜厚度係薄。 s相董 150653.doc -67- 201113551 特性及表面電阻之關係&gt; &lt;3.透明導電層之厚度與光學 (實例8) (實例9) 導電光學片 藉由與實例6中相同之方法製造一 (實例10) 藉由除將該IZO膜之平均膜 6 Φ ia η ;犋谷度汉疋為30奈米之外與實 中相同之方法製造-導電光學片。 (比較實例6) 相同之方法製 藉:除省略一 ΙΖ0膜之沈積之外與實例6中 ^ —導電光學片。 (形狀評估) 在其中未沈積一 ΙΖΟ膜之— η 4^ ^ 、 狀L十藉由一 AFM(原子力顯 i放鏡)觀察該等光學片 ^ 一 表面組態。此後,自該AFM之 一。彳面輪廓獲得該等實例 妁之5亥專結構之尚度及類似參數。 將結果顯示於表3中。 (表面電阻評估) ^四端子方法(m κ 7194)量測如上文所述製造之該 專導電光擧Κ &gt; — ± _ 干乃之一表面電阻。將結果顯示於表3中。 (反射比/透射比評估) 用可自MSCQ公司||得之—評估裝置(V_55G)評估如上 文所述製造之該料電光學片之—反射比及透射比。將妹 果顯示於圖42A及42B中。 口 150653.doc -68- 201113551 (表3) 實例8 實例9 實例10 比較實例6 配置圖案 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 結構形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 結構之凹度及凸度 凸形狀 凸形狀 凸形狀 凸形狀 形成結構之表面 一個表面 一個表面 一個表面 一個表面 間距(mm) 270 270 270 270 高度 170 170 170 170 縱橫比 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 平均膜厚度(奈米) 50 40 30 _ 表面電阻 (Ω/口) 270(77) 395(122) 590(169) - 應注意括號中之電阻值係藉由量測各自在相同沈積條件 下沈積於一平滑片上之該等IZO膜之電阻值獲得之值。 可自圖42A及42B發現以下内容。 在相對於450奈米之較短波長側上之反射比及透射比趨 於隨著平均膜厚度增加而降低。 總結&lt;2.結構與光學特性及表面電阻之關係 &gt;及&lt;3.透明 導電層之厚度與光學特性及表面電阻之關係 &gt; 之評估結 構,可發現以下内容。 較長波長側上之該等光學特性在該透明導電層沈積於該 等結構上之前及之後幾乎不改變,而較短波長側上之該等 光學特性在該透明導電層沈積於該等結構上之前及之後趨 於改變。 儘管當該等結構具有一縱橫比為高之一形狀時該等光學 特性係受歡迎,但該表面電阻趨於增加。 150653.doc -69- 201113551 較短波長側上之反射 隨著該透明導電層之膜厚度增加, 比趨於增加。 該表面電阻與該等光學特性處於一折中關係中。 &lt;4.與其他類型之低反射導電膜之比較&gt; (實例11) 藉由與實例5中相同之方法製造一導電光學片。 (實例12) 藉由除將IΖ Ο膜之膜厚度設定為3 〇奈米之外與實例6中相 同之方法製造一導電光學片。 (比較實例7) 藉由透過一濺鍍方法在平滑丙烯酸片之一表面上沈積具 有30奈米之一膜厚度之一IZ〇膜來製造一導電光學片。 (比較實例8) 藉由一PVD方法按序將具有約2.〇iN之一光學膜及具有 約1.5之N之一光學膜沈積在一膜上,且於其上額外沈積一 導電膜。 (比較實例9) 藉由一PVD方法按序將具有約2.〇2N之一光學膜及具有 約1.5之N之一光學膜以四個層沈積在一膜上,且於其上額 外沈積一導電膜。 (形狀評估) 在未沈積一 IZO膜之一狀態中,藉由一 AFM(原子力顯微 鏡)觀察該等光學片之一表面組態。此後,自該AFM之一 剖面輪廓獲得s玄荨實例之該等結構之尚度及類似參數。將 150653.doc -70- 201113551 結果顯示於表4中。 (反射比/透射比評估) 使用可自JASCO公司購得之一評估裝置(V-550)評估如上 文所述製造之該等導電光學片之一透射比。將結果顯示於 圖43中。 (表4) 實例11 實例12 比較實例7 比較實例8 比較實例9 配置圖案 六方晶格 六方晶格 _ . _ 結構形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 結構之凹度及凸度 凸形狀 凸形狀 . _ - 形成結構之表面 一個表面 一個表面 _ . 間距(mm) 240 270 _ _ _ 高度(nm) 200 170 _ _ _ 縱橫比 0.8 0.6 _ - 平均膜厚度(奈米) 40 30 _ _ 表面電阻(Ω/口) 300.0 300 250 400 500 可自圖43發現以下内容。 在其中在該等結構上沈積該等透明導電層之實例11及12 中,400奈米至800奈米之波長帶内之透射特性比其中在平 滑片上沈積該透明導電層之比較實例7之彼等特性更佳。 各自具有一多層結構之比較實例8及9之透射特性在直至 約500奈米之波長處為極佳,但其中在該等結構上沈積該 等透明導電層之實例11及12之透射特性在400奈米至800奈 米之整個波長帶中比各自具有一多層結構之比較實例8及9 之彼等特性更佳。 &lt;5.結構與光學特性之間的關係&gt; 150653.doc •71 · 201113551 (實例13) 率错=針對每—跡線調整—極性反轉格式化H信號之-頻 將丄方t之—rpm及—饋送間距且圖案化—光阻劑層來 平案記錄至該光阻劑層上。將具有2g奈米之一 + 、又之—IZ0膜形成於該等結構上。除此之外,藉 由:實例1中相同之方法製造一光學片。 猎:除以下内容之外與實例1中相同之方法製造一光學 片.猎由針對每—跡線調整—極性反轉格式化ϋ信號之一 頻率、一接 + ^袍釉之一rpm及一饋送間距且圖案化一光阻劑層 來將/、方晶格圖案記錄至該光阻劑層上。 (形狀評估) 在未沈積-IZO膜之一狀態中藉由一AFM(原子力顯微 鏡)觀察遠等光學片之—表面組態。此後,自該AFM之- ^面輪廓獲付該等實例之該等結構之高度及類似參數。將 結果顯示於表5中。 (表面電阻評估) 藉由四端子方法(JIS K 7194)量測如上文所述製造之該 等導電光學片之一表面電阻。將結果顯示於表5中。 (反射比/透射比評估) 使用可自JASCO公司購得之一評估裝置(v_55〇)來評估如 上文所述製造之該等導電光學片之一反射比及透射比。將 結果顯示於圖44A及44B中。 150653.doc • 72- 201113551 (表5) 實例13 實例14 配置圖案 六方晶格 六方晶格 結構形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 結構之凹度及凸度 凸形狀 凸形狀 形成結構之表面 一個表面 一個表面 間距(mm) 300 240 高度(奈米) 200 200 縱橫比 0.67 0.83 平均膜厚度(奈米) 20 30 表面電阻(Ω/α) 550 550 應注意在表5中,一圓錐形狀係指具有一彎曲頂點部分 之一橢圓錐體形狀。 可自圖44 A及44B發現以下内容。 藉由降低一縱橫比,可抑制該等光學特性在相對於450 奈米之較短波長側上之劣化。由於改良了透射特性,因此 認為改良了吸收特性。 &lt;6.透明導電層之形狀與光學特性之間的關係&gt; (實例15) 藉由除將IZO膜之平均膜厚度設定為30奈米之外與實例 14中相同之方法製造一導電光學片。 (比較實例10) 藉由除省略一 IZO膜之沈積之外與實例1 5中相同之方法 製造一光學片。 (實例16) 藉由除將IZO膜之平均膜厚度設定為20奈米之外與實例 150653.doc •73· 201113551 12中相同之方法製造—導電光學片。 (比較實例11) 相同之方法 藉由除省略一 IZO膜之沈積之外與實例i 6中 製造一光學片。 (實例17) 顛倒實例4之凹度及凸度。製造其中—IZ〇膜之—平均膜 厚度為30奈米之一導電光學片。除此之外之過程係由與實 例4 _相同之方法執行,且製造其中複數個凹結構(反轉圖 案之結構)形成於一表面上之一導電光學片。 (比較實例.12) 藉由除省略一 IZ〇膜之沈積之外與實例1 7中相同之方法 製造一光學片。 (實例18) 製造其中具有30奈米之一平均膜厚度之一 IZ〇膜形成於 其剖面輪廓之一彎曲線之改變率變化之結構上之一光學 片。 (比較實例13) 藉由除省略一 IZO膜之沈積之外與實例18中相同之方法 製造一光學片。 (形狀評估) 在其中未沈積一 IZO膜之一狀態中藉由一 AFM(原子力顯 微鏡)觀察該等光學片之一表面組態。此後,自該AFM之 一剖面輪廓獲得該等實例之該等結構之高度及類似參數。 將結果顯示於表6中。 150653.doc -74- 201113551 (表面電阻評估) 藉由四端子方法(JIS K 7 194)量測如上文所述製造之該 等導電光學片之一表面電阻。將結果顯示於表6中。 (透明導電層之評估) 在形成於該等結構上之導電膜之一剖面方向上切割該光 學片,且使用一 TEM(透射式電子顯微鏡)觀察該等結構及 黏合至其之導電膜之一剖面影像。 (反射比評估) 使用可自JASCO公司購得之一評估裝置(V-550)評估如上 文所述製造之該等導電光學片之一反射比。將結果顯示於 圖45A至46B中。 (表6) 實例 15 比較實例 10 實例 16 比較實例 11 實例 17 比較實例 12 實例 18 比較實例 13 配置圖案 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 六方晶格 結構形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 錐體形狀 S形折射 率曲線 S形折射 率曲線 結構之凹度及凸度 凸形狀 凸形狀 凸形狀 凸形狀 凹形狀 凹形狀 凸形狀 凸形狀 形成結構之表面 —個表面 一個表面 一個表面 一個表面 一個表面 一個表面 一個表面 一個表面 間距(mm) 240 240 270 270 250 250 250 250 高度(奈米) 200 200 170 170 300 300 200 200 縱橫比 0.83 0.83 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 0.8 0.8 平均膜厚度(奈米) 30 20 30 30 • 表面電阻(Ω/口) 550 - 400 • 500 - 500 _ 應注意在表6中,一圓錐形狀係指具有一彎曲頂點部分 之一橢圓錐體形狀。 可自對透明導電層之形狀評估及反射比評估發現以下内 150653.doc •75· 201113551 容。 电現在實例15中,在每一結構之一末端部分處之一平均 膜厚度、在結構之一斜面處之一平均膜厚度D2及在結 構之底。卩。卩分之間之一平均膜厚度D3具有以下關係。One of the degrees (average film thickness) is transparent 暮I month-by-month conductive layer (IZ0 film), so the transmittance tends to decrease. It is considered that this is because the transparent conductive layer is formed to be too thick, and thus the structure of the equation (4) has a shape and thus it is difficult to maintain the desired shape. In other words, by forming the transparent conductive layer of the moon-shaped conductive layer to be too thick, it is difficult to grow a thin film while maintaining the shape of the monocular structure. In addition, even when the shape is not maintained as described above, the optical properties compare the optical properties of Example 2 with respect to ±, and in Comparative Example 2, only the transparent conductive layer is deposited on the smoothing sheet. .彳ϊ Μ Μ Μ Μ 专 专 专 专 专 专 专 专 专 专 专 专 专 专 # # # # # Example 3 was formed on both surfaces, compared to the one of the cans. Example 1 formed on a surface, improved 5 anti-reflective function. It can be seen from Fig. 37B that _ ^ ^ j 1 h can be realized in which the transmission is, for example, 97% or 99%-like. 150653.doc -64 - 201113551 &lt;2. Relationship between structure and optical properties and table о resistance> (Examples 4 to 6) A guide film was fabricated by the same method as in Example 1 except for the following: # A hexagonal lattice pattern is recorded to the photoresist layer by adjusting each of the trace-polarity inversion formater-frequency, one of the reels, and the feed pitch and patterning the photoresist layer on. (Example 7) A conductive optical sheet in which a plurality of concave structures (structures of reverse patterns) were formed on the surface of the surface was produced by the same method as in Example 颠 except that the concavity and convexity of Example 6 were reversed. (Comparative Example 3) A conductive optical sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 4 except that the deposition of an IZO film was omitted. ~ (Comparative Example 4) A conductive optical sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 6 except that the deposition of an IZO film was omitted. (Comparative Example 5) A conductive optical sheet was produced by depositing an IZO film having a film thickness of 4 Å on a smooth acrylic sheet by a sputtering method. (Shape evaluation) The surface configuration of one of the optical sheets was observed by an AFM (Atomic Force Microscope) in a state in which an IZO film was not deposited. Thereafter, the height of the structures of the examples and similar parameters are obtained from a profile of the profile of the AFM. The results are shown in Table 2. 150653.doc -65- 201113551 (Surface Resistance Evaluation) The surface resistance of one of the conductive optical sheets manufactured as described above was measured by a four-terminal method. The results are shown in Table 2. Further, Fig. 3 8 A shows a relationship between the aspect ratio and the surface resistance. Figure 38B shows a relationship between the height of the structures and the surface resistance. (Reflection ratio/transmittance evaluation) The reflectance and transmittance of one of the conductive optical sheets manufactured as described above were evaluated using an evaluation apparatus (V-550) available from JASCO Corporation. The results are shown in Figures 39A and 39B. Further, Figs. 40A and 40B show the transmission characteristics and reflection characteristics of Example 6 and Comparative Example 4, respectively, and Figs. 41A and 41B show the transmission characteristics and reflection characteristics of Example 4 and Comparative Example 3, respectively. (Table 2) Example 4 Example 5 Example 6 Example 7 Comparative Example 3 Comparative Example 4 Comparative Example 5 Configuration pattern hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice • Structure shape cone shape cone shape Cone shape cone shape cone shape cone shape structure concavity and convexity convex shape convex shape convex shape concave shape convex shape convex shape • surface of the structure one surface one surface one surface one surface one surface one surface one surface • pitch (mm) 250 240 270 270 250 270 • Height (nm) 300 200 170 170 300 170 Aspect ratio 1.2 0.8 0.6 0.6 1.2 0.6 _ Average film thickness (nano) 40 40 40 40 • _ 40 Surface resistance (Ω/□) 1900.0 1300.0 395.0 269.0 _ - 122.0 It should be noted that in Table 2, a conical shape refers to an elliptical cone shape having one of the curved apex portions. The following can be found from Figures 38A and 38B. The aspect ratio of the structures is related to the surface resistance, and the surface resistance tends to increase in proportion to the value of the aspect ratio by 150653.doc -66 - 201113551. This is believed to be due to the fact that the film thickness of the transparent conductive layer decreases as the slope of the structures becomes steeper, or the surface area increases as the height or depth of the structures increases, thereby producing a high electrical resistance. Since the touch panel is generally required to have a surface electric current I5 of 500 to 300 Ω/□ and 'therefore, it is desirable to appropriately adjust the aspect ratio so that a required resistance value can be obtained when the present embodiment is applied to a touch panel. . The following can be found from Figures 39A, 39B, 40A and 40B. Although the transmittance tends to decrease when the wavelength is shorter than 450 nm, excellent transmission characteristics are obtained when the wavelength is in the range of 450 nm to 800 nm. In addition, as the aspect ratio of the structures increases, one of the transmittances on the shorter wavelength side is more completely suppressed. Although the reflectance tends to increase when the wavelength is shorter than 450 nm, excellent reflection characteristics are obtained when the wavelength is in the range of 450 nm to 8 Å. In addition, an increase in the aspect ratio of the structures can more completely suppress an increase in the reflectance on the shorter wavelength side. The optical characteristics of Example 6 in which the convex structure was formed in 2 were better than those in Example 7 in which the concave structure was formed. j a IM) In the example 4 in which the aspect ratio is 12, compared to the example 6 in which it is 0·6, the 兮 兮 姐 b 系 由于 由于 改变 改变 改变 改变 改变 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 It is considered that the surface area of Example 4 in which the cross-sectional ratio of money is 1.2 is greater than the vertical inspection ratio of 0.6. You 丨&々# * t ', τ 〇 is the surface area, and the transparent conductive # swears: The film thickness of the ruthenium structure is thin. s Xiang Dong 150653.doc -67- 201113551 Relationship between characteristics and surface resistance &gt;&lt;3. Thickness and optics of transparent conductive layer (Example 8) (Example 9) Conductive optical sheet was manufactured by the same method as in Example 6. (Example 10) A conductive optical sheet was produced by the same method as in the actual method except that the average film 6 Φ ia η of the IZO film was 30 nm. (Comparative Example 6) The same method was employed: except that the deposition of a film of ΙΖ0 was omitted and the conductive optical sheet of Example 6 was used. (Shape evaluation) In which a ruthenium film is not deposited - η 4 ^ ^ , and L is observed by an AFM (atomic force). Thereafter, one of the AFMs. The profile of the face is obtained by the example of the 5 Hai special structure and similar parameters. The results are shown in Table 3. (Surface Resistance Evaluation) ^ Four-terminal method (m κ 7194) Measured by the above-mentioned specific conductive light Κ &gt; - ± _ is one of the surface resistances. The results are shown in Table 3. (Reflectance Ratio/Transmittance Evaluation) The reflectance and transmittance of the electro-optic sheet produced as described above were evaluated from MSCQ Co., Ltd. - Evaluation Apparatus (V_55G). The results are shown in Figures 42A and 42B. Mouth 150653.doc -68- 201113551 (Table 3) Example 8 Example 9 Example 10 Comparative Example 6 Configuration pattern hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice structure shape cone shape cone shape cone shape cone shape structure Concavity and convexity convex shape convex shape convex shape convex shape forming structure surface one surface one surface one surface one surface spacing (mm) 270 270 270 270 height 170 170 170 170 aspect ratio 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 average film thickness (Nai m) 50 40 30 _ Surface resistance (Ω/port) 270(77) 395(122) 590(169) - It should be noted that the resistance values in the brackets are measured by depositing on a smoothing sheet under the same deposition conditions. The values obtained by the resistance values of the IZO films. The following can be found from Figures 42A and 42B. The reflectance and transmittance on the shorter wavelength side with respect to 450 nm tend to decrease as the average film thickness increases. Summary [2. Relationship between structure and optical properties and surface resistance &gt;&lt;3. Relationship between thickness of transparent conductive layer and optical characteristics and surface resistance &gt; The following structure can be found. The optical properties on the longer wavelength side are hardly changed before and after the transparent conductive layer is deposited on the structures, and the optical properties on the shorter wavelength side are deposited on the transparent conductive layer on the structures. It tends to change before and after. Although these optical properties are popular when the structures have a shape with one aspect ratio being high, the surface resistance tends to increase. 150653.doc -69- 201113551 Reflection on the shorter wavelength side As the film thickness of the transparent conductive layer increases, the ratio tends to increase. The surface resistance is in a compromised relationship with the optical properties. &lt;4. Comparison with other types of low-reflection conductive films&gt; (Example 11) A conductive optical sheet was produced by the same method as in Example 5. (Example 12) A conductive optical sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 6 except that the film thickness of the I Ζ film was set to 3 Å. (Comparative Example 7) A conductive optical sheet was produced by depositing an IZ tantalum film having a film thickness of 30 nm on one surface of a smooth acrylic sheet by a sputtering method. (Comparative Example 8) An optical film having an optical film of about 2. 〇iN and an optical film having about N of about 1.5 were sequentially deposited on a film by a PVD method, and an additional conductive film was deposited thereon. (Comparative Example 9) An optical film having an optical film of about 2. 2N and an optical film having about 1.5 N was deposited on a film in four layers by a PVD method, and an additional layer was deposited thereon. Conductive film. (Shape evaluation) In the state in which one IZO film was not deposited, one surface configuration of the optical sheets was observed by an AFM (Atomic Force Microscope). Thereafter, the grace and similar parameters of the structures of the s Xuanqi example are obtained from a profile of the profile of the AFM. The results of 150653.doc -70- 201113551 are shown in Table 4. (Reflection ratio/transmittance evaluation) The transmittance of one of the conductive optical sheets manufactured as described above was evaluated using an evaluation device (V-550) available from JASCO Corporation. The result is shown in Fig. 43. (Table 4) Example 11 Example 12 Comparative Example 7 Comparative Example 8 Comparative Example 9 Configuration pattern hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice _ . _ Structure shape cone shape cone shape structure concavity and convexity convex shape convex shape. _ - Forming the surface of the structure One surface One surface _. Spacing (mm) 240 270 _ _ _ Height (nm) 200 170 _ _ _ Aspect ratio 0.8 0.6 _ - Average film thickness (nano) 40 30 _ _ Surface resistance (Ω/ Port) 300.0 300 250 400 500 The following can be found from Figure 43. In Examples 11 and 12 in which the transparent conductive layers were deposited on the structures, the transmission characteristics in the wavelength band of 400 nm to 800 nm were higher than those of Comparative Example 7 in which the transparent conductive layer was deposited on the smooth sheet. Other features are better. The transmission characteristics of Comparative Examples 8 and 9 each having a multilayer structure were excellent at wavelengths up to about 500 nm, but the transmission characteristics of Examples 11 and 12 in which the transparent conductive layers were deposited on the structures were The characteristics of the entire wavelength bands of 400 nm to 800 nm are better than those of Comparative Examples 8 and 9 each having a multilayer structure. &lt;5. Relationship between structure and optical characteristics&gt; 150653.doc •71 · 201113551 (Example 13) Rate error = for each-trace adjustment - polarity inversion formatted H signal - frequency will be square The rpm and -feed pitch and patterned - photoresist layers were recorded on the photoresist layer in a flat pattern. A film having 2 g of nanometers and again - IZ0 film was formed on the structures. Except for this, an optical sheet was produced by the same method as in Example 1. Hunting: An optical sheet was fabricated in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the following: Hunting was adjusted for each-trace-polarity-reversed formatted signal, one frequency + one tong glaze rpm and one The spacers are fed and patterned with a photoresist layer to record the /, square lattice pattern onto the photoresist layer. (Shape evaluation) The surface configuration of the far optical sheet was observed by an AFM (Atomic Force Microscope) in one of the undeposited-IZO films. Thereafter, the heights and similar parameters of the structures of the examples are paid from the profile of the AFM. The results are shown in Table 5. (Surface Resistance Evaluation) The surface resistance of one of the conductive optical sheets manufactured as described above was measured by a four-terminal method (JIS K 7194). The results are shown in Table 5. (Reflection ratio/transmittance evaluation) The reflectance and transmittance of one of the conductive optical sheets manufactured as described above were evaluated using an evaluation device (v_55〇) available from JASCO Corporation. The results are shown in Figures 44A and 44B. 150653.doc • 72-201113551 (Table 5) Example 13 Example 14 Configuration pattern hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice structure shape cone shape cone shape structure concavity and convexity convex shape convex shape forming structure surface one surface one surface Spacing (mm) 300 240 Height (nano) 200 200 Aspect ratio 0.67 0.83 Average film thickness (nano) 20 30 Surface resistance (Ω/α) 550 550 It should be noted that in Table 5, a conical shape means having a bend One of the vertices is an elliptical cone shape. The following can be found from Figures 44A and 44B. By reducing an aspect ratio, deterioration of the optical characteristics on the shorter wavelength side with respect to 450 nm can be suppressed. Since the transmission characteristics are improved, it is considered that the absorption characteristics are improved. &lt;6. Relationship between shape and optical characteristics of transparent conductive layer&gt; (Example 15) A conductive optical was produced by the same method as in Example 14 except that the average film thickness of the IZO film was set to 30 nm. sheet. (Comparative Example 10) An optical sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 15 except that the deposition of an IZO film was omitted. (Example 16) A conductive optical sheet was produced by the same method as in Example 150653.doc • 73·201113551 12 except that the average film thickness of the IZO film was set to 20 nm. (Comparative Example 11) The same method An optical sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example i6 except that the deposition of an IZO film was omitted. (Example 17) Reverse the concavity and convexity of Example 4. One of the conductive optical sheets having an average film thickness of 30 nm was produced. The other processes are performed by the same method as in Example 4, and a conductive optical sheet in which a plurality of concave structures (reverse pattern structures) are formed on one surface is manufactured. (Comparative Example. 12) An optical sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 17 except that the deposition of an IZ ruthenium film was omitted. (Example 18) An optical sheet on a structure in which one of the average film thicknesses of 30 nm was formed in which the change rate of the bending line of one of the cross-sectional profiles was changed was produced. (Comparative Example 13) An optical sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 18 except that the deposition of an IZO film was omitted. (Shape evaluation) A surface configuration of one of the optical sheets was observed by an AFM (Atomic Force Microscope) in a state in which an IZO film was not deposited. Thereafter, the heights and similar parameters of the structures of the examples are obtained from a profile of the AFM. The results are shown in Table 6. 150653.doc -74- 201113551 (Surface Resistance Evaluation) The surface resistance of one of the conductive optical sheets manufactured as described above was measured by a four-terminal method (JIS K 7 194). The results are shown in Table 6. (Evaluation of Transparent Conductive Layer) The optical sheet is cut in a cross-sectional direction of one of the conductive films formed on the structures, and the TEM (transmission electron microscope) is used to observe the structures and one of the conductive films bonded thereto Profile image. (Reflection Ratio Evaluation) The reflectance of one of the conductive optical sheets manufactured as described above was evaluated using an evaluation device (V-550) available from JASCO Corporation. The results are shown in Figs. 45A to 46B. (Table 6) Example 15 Comparative Example 10 Example 16 Comparative Example 11 Example 17 Comparative Example 12 Example 18 Comparative Example 13 Configuration pattern hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice hexagonal lattice Structure shape Cone shape Cone shape Cone shape Cone shape Cone shape Cone shape S-shaped refractive index curve S-shaped refractive index curve Structure Concavity and convexity convex shape convex shape convex shape convex shape concave shape concave shape convex The shape of the convex shape forms the surface of the structure - one surface one surface one surface one surface one surface one surface one surface one surface one surface spacing (mm) 240 240 270 270 250 250 250 250 height (nano) 200 200 170 170 300 300 200 200 Ratio 0.83 0.83 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2 0.8 0.8 Average film thickness (nano) 30 20 30 30 • Surface resistance (Ω/mouth) 550 - 400 • 500 - 500 _ Note that in Table 6, a conical shape means having one An elliptical cone shape that bends one of the apex portions. The shape evaluation and reflectance evaluation of the transparent conductive layer can be found within the following 150653.doc •75· 201113551. In the present example 15, the average film thickness at one end portion of each structure, the average film thickness D2 at one of the slopes of the structure, and the bottom of the structure. Hey. One of the average film thicknesses D3 between the splits has the following relationship.

Dl( 38奈米)&gt;D3(=21奈米)&gt;〇2(=14奈米至η奈米) 、由於IZO具有約2〇之_折射率,因此僅該結構之末端部 有曰加的折射率。因此,如圖45A中所示,藉由沈 積該IZO臈増加該反射比。 發現在實例16中該IZ〇膜幾乎均勾地沈積在該等結構 匕如圖45B中所示,該反射比在沈積之前及之後 的一改變係小。 、,在貫例丨6中凹結構之底部部分及凹結構之頂部部分 、’句膜厚度顯著大於其他部分之彼等平均膜厚度。特定 而。發現該IZO膜在該頂部部分處係、明顯大之平均膜厚 度在此沈積狀態中,反射比之改變趨於顯示如圖46A 中所示之一複雜行為且亦趨於增加。 、,發現在實中類似於實例15 ’在結構之末端部分處之 平均膜厚度D1、在結構之斜面處之平均膜厚度⑴及在結 構之底㈣分之間的平_厚度D3具有以下關係。Dl (38 nm) &gt; D3 (= 21 nm) &gt; 〇 2 (= 14 nm to η nm), since IZO has a refractive index of about 2 ,, only the end portion of the structure has 曰The refractive index added. Therefore, as shown in Fig. 45A, the reflectance is increased by depositing the IZO. It was found that in Example 16, the IZ tantalum film was deposited almost uniformly on the structures, as shown in Fig. 45B, which was smaller than a change before and after deposition. In the case of the bottom portion of the concave structure and the top portion of the concave structure, the thickness of the sentence film is significantly larger than the average film thickness of the other portions. Specific. It was found that the IZO film was at the top portion, and the apparently large average film thickness in this deposition state, the change in the reflectance tends to show a complicated behavior as shown in Fig. 46A and also tends to increase. It was found that in practice, the average film thickness D1 at the end portion of the structure in Example 15, the average film thickness (1) at the slope of the structure, and the flat_thickness D3 between the bottom (4) points of the structure have the following relationship. .

Dl(=36奈米)&gt;D2(=2()奈米)&gt;〇3(=18奈杓 然而’當波長短於約500奈米時,該反射比趨於急劇增 加μ忍為此係由於結構之末端部分係平緩且該末端部分之 因此, 存在透明導電層較少地點 合至一險峻斜面且較多 150653.doc -76· 201113551 地黏合至一較平緩表面之一趨勢。 此外,當膜均勻地沈積在整個結構上方時,光學特性在 沈積之前及之後之改變趨於為小。 此外,當言亥等結構具有更接近一自由_式表面之一組態 時’該透明導電層趨於更均勾地黏合至整個結構。 &lt;7·填充率、直徑比及反射比特性之間的關係〉 接下來,藉由_RCWA(嚴格耦合波分析)模擬來論述一 比率(2r/Pl)*100)與抗反射特性之間的一關係。 [實驗實例1] 圖47A係用於闡釋當該等結構配置成六方晶格圖案時之 :填充率之—圖示。在其中該等結構配置成如圖47A中所 示之六方晶格圖案之-冑況下當一比率((2r/pi)*i〇〇)(pi : 結構在相同跡線,之配置間,巨,r:結構之底部表面之半 徑)改變時所獲得之—填充率係藉由以下表達式⑺獲得。 填充率=(S(六方)/S(單位))*100 (2) 單位胞面積:S(單位)=2r*(2^3)r 單位胞内之結構之底部表面的面積:S(六方)=2*πΓ·2 (假如填充率係自當2r&gt;P 1時之圖式獲得) 舉例而言,當配置間距以為2且一結構之一底部表面之 -半控…時,S(單位)、s(六方)、一比率(⑽叫及 一填充率呈以下值。 S(單位)=6.9282 S(六方)= 6.28319 (2r/Pl)n〇〇 = l〇〇.〇〇/0 150653.doc •77- 201113551 填充率=(S(六方)/S(單位))*i〇〇=;9〇.7% 表7顯示藉由上文表達式(2)獲得之填充率與比率 ((2r/Pl)*l〇〇)之間的一關係。 (表7) (2r/Pl)xl〇〇 填充率 115.4% 100.0% 100.0% 90.7% 99.0% 88.9% 95.0% 81.8% 90.0% 73.5% 85.0% 65.5% 80.0% 58.0% 75.0% 51.0% (實驗實例2) 圖仍係用於闡釋當該等結構配置成—正方晶格圖案時 之-填充率之一圖示。在其中該等結構配置成如圖47B中 所不之一正方晶格圖案之一情況下當一比率Gh/p1 〇〇) 及比率((2r/P2)*10〇)(Pi :結構在相同跡線中之配置間 距,P2 ·’在相對於跡線45度方向上之配置間距,Γ ·結構 之底部表面之半徑)改變時所獲得之—填充率係藉由以下 表達式(3)獲得。 填充率=(S(正方)/S(單位))η〇〇 (3) 單位胞面積:S(單位)=2r*2r 單位胞内之結構之底部表面的面積:s (正方)=兀^ I50653.doc -78. 201113551 (假如填充率係自當2r&gt;P 1時之圖式獲得) 舉例而言,當配置間距P2為2且一結構之一底部表面之 一半徑r為1時,S(單位)、S(正方)、一比率((2r/Pl)*100)、 一比率((2r/P2)*100)及一填充率呈以下值。 • S(單位)=4 . S(正方)= 3.14159 (2r/Pl)* 100 = 70.7% (2r/P2)*100 = 100.0°/〇 填充率=(S(正方)/S(單位))*100 = 78.5% 表8顯示藉由上文表達式(3)獲得之填充率、比率 ((217?1)*100)及比率(217卩2)*100之間的一關係。 此外,正方晶格之配置間距P1與P2之間的一關係變為 P1=V2*P2 ° (表8) (2r/Pl)xl00 (2r/P2)xl00 填充率 100.0% 141.4% 100.0% 84.9% 120.0% 95.1% 81.3% 115.0% 92.4% 77.8% 110.0% 88.9% 74.2% 105.0% 84.4% 70.7% 100.0% 78.5% 70.0% 99.0% 77.0% 67.2% 95.0% 70.9% 63.6% 90.0% 63.6% 60.1% 85.0% 56.7% 56.6% 80.0% 50.3% 53.0% 75.0% 44.2% 150653.doc -79- 201113551 (實驗實例3) 藉由將結構底部表面之一直徑2r相對於配置間距p 1之比 率((2r/P1)*100)設定為 80%、85%、90%、95°/。及 99%,透 過在以下條件下之模擬獲得一反射比。圖48係顯示結果之 一圖表。 結構之形狀:鐘形形狀 偏振:不存在 折射率·· 1.48 配置間距P1 : 3 2 0奈米 結構之高度:41 5奈米 縱橫比:1.3 0 結構之配置:六方晶格 可自圖48看出,在μ%或更大之比率((2r/pi)*1〇〇)之情 A下在可見波長範圍(0.4至0.7 μιη)中一平均反射比r 為R&lt;0.5%且獲得一充分抗反射效應。在此情況下,底部 表面之一填充率係65%或更大。在9〇%或更大之比率 ((2r/Pl)*l00)之情形下,在該可見波長範圍中平均反射比 R為R&lt;0.3%且獲得具有較高效能之一抗反射效應。在此情 況下,該底部表面之填充率為73%或更大,且效能隨著填 充率變円(其上限為1〇〇%)而增加。在其中該等結構彼此重 邊之障况下,假設該結構之高度係自一最低部分之一高 度。此外,確認填充率及反射比之趨勢在正方晶格中係相 同。 150653.doc -80- 201113551 (使用導電光學片之觸控面板之光學特性) (比較實例14) 圖49A係顯示比較實例14之一電阻膜式觸控面板之一結 構之一透視圖。圖49B係顯示比較實例14之該電阻膜式觸 控面板之結構之一剖視圖。應注意,圖49B中之箭頭指示 進入觸控面板之入射光及在界面處反射之反射光。應注意 在顯不比較實例15及16以及後文欲闡述之實例19至22之電 阻膜式觸控面板之結構之剖視圖中之箭頭指示相同事物。 首先,藉由一濺鍍方法將具有26奈米之一厚度之一 IT〇 膜1〇3沈積在一 ΡΕΤ(聚對笨二曱酸乙二酯)膜i 〇2之—主表 面上,其結果係製造欲成為一觸控側之一第一導電基底材 料101。接下來,藉由濺鍍方法將具有26奈米之一厚度之 一 ITO膜113沈積在一玻璃基板112之一主表面上,其結果 係製造欲成為一顯示裝置側之一第二導電基底材料丨丨i。 接下來,第一導電基底材料1〇1及第二導電基底材料丨丨丨經 配置以使待其ITO膜彼此相對且一空氣層形成於該等基底 材料之間,且該等基底材料之圓周部分藉由一壓敏膠帶 121接合至彼此。因此,獲得一電阻膜式觸控面板1〇〇。 (反射比/透射比評估) 根據JIS-Z8722里測如上文所述獲得之電阻膜式觸控面 feioomnb 〇此外’根據ns_K7l〇5量測附接至液晶 顯示裝置54之電阻膜式觸控面板_之-透射比。 (可見度評估) 150653.doc -81 · 201113551 如下評估如上文所述獲得之電阻膜式觸控面板⑽之可 見度。將該電阻膜式觸控面板100放置在—普通螢光燈下 面,視覺檢查由該登光燈所致之—炫光及基於以下 估可見度。 、° a:螢光燈之輪廓為清晰 b :螢光燈之輪廓在一定程度上模糊 c ·螢光燈之輪廓不清晰且反射光明顯弱 d:不能看不到螢光燈之輪廓且反射模糊光 (比較實例15) 圖50A係顯示比較實例15之一電阻膜式觸控面板之一&amp; 構之一透視圖。圖娜係顯示比較實例15之電阻膜式觸控° 面板之結構之一剖視圖。 藉由除以下内容之外與比較實例〗相同之方法獲得該電 阻膜式觸控面板100 :將藉由將具有26奈米之一厚度之一 ^◎膜丨^沈積在一 PET(聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯)膜114^ 一主 表面上所獲得之一基底材料用作第二導電基底材料丨丨卜 然後,如在比較實例14之情況中,_估一&amp;射比/透射比 及可見度。 (比較實例1 6) 圖5 1A係顯示比較實例丨6之一電阻膜式觸控面板之一結 構之一透視圖。圖51B係顯示比較實例16之電阻膜式觸控 面板之結構之一剖視圖。 首先,藉由濺鍍將具有26奈米之一厚度之一 IT〇膜1〇3沈 積在-λ/4相位差膜104之-主表面上,以藉此製造欲成為 150653.doc -82- 201113551 一觸控側之一第一導電基底材料101。接下來,藉由一錢 鍍方法將具有26奈米之一厚度之一 ITO膜113沈積在一 λ/4 相位差膜115之一主表面上,以藉此製造欲成為一顯示裝 置側之一第二導電基底材料lu。接下來,第—導電基底 材料1 〇 1及第二導電基底材料丨丨丨經配置以使得其IT〇膜彼 此相對且一空氣層形成於兩個基底材料之間,且該等基底 材料之圓周部分藉由一壓敏膠帶丨2 1附接至彼此。 接下來,製備具有其上形成有一 AR(抗反射)層132之一 主表面之一偏振器131,且經由一壓敏膠帶124將該偏振器 131附接至第一導電基底材料1〇1之一觸控表面側。在此情 況下,偏振器131之一位置經調整以使得偏振器i3i及提供 於液晶顯示裝置54之一顯示表面側上之一偏振器之透射軸 變為平行於彼此。因此’獲得-電阻膜式觸控面板100。 接下來,如在比較實例14之情況中,評估一反射比/透射 比及可見度。 (比較實例19) 圖似係顯示實例19之—電阻膜式觸控面板之—結構之 -透視圖。圖52B係顯示實例19之電阻膜式觸控面板之結 構之一剖視圖。 藉由除調整曝光及敍刻之條件以便形成具有以下結構之 複數個結構3之外與比較實例1相同之方法獲得一光學片 2。應注意使用一 PET膜作為欲成為—基板之一膜。 配置圖案:六方晶格 結構之凹度及凸度:凸形狀 I50653.doc -83- 201113551 形成結構之表面:一個表面 間距P1 : 2 7 〇奈米 間距P2 : 270奈米 南度.160奈米 應注意自使用AFM(原子力顯微鏡)之觀察結果獲得該等 結構3之間距、高度及縱橫比。 接下來’藉由一濺鍍方法在光學片2之其上形成有該複 數個結構3之一主表面上沈積具有26奈米之一平均膜厚度 之一ITO膜4 ’以藉此製造一第一導電基底材料51。接下 來’藉由除使用PET膜之外與製造第一導電基底材料5 !之 情況中相同之方法獲得一第二導電基底材料52。然後,第 一導電基底材料5 1及第二導電基底材料52經配置以使得其 ITO膜彼此相對且一空氣層形成於兩個基底材料之間,且 兩個基底材料之圓周部分藉由一壓敏膠帶55附接至彼此。 因此’獲得一電阻膜式觸控面板5〇 ^隨後,如在比較實例 14中一樣評估一反射比/透射比及可見度。 (實例20) 圖53 A係顯示實例2〇之一電阻膜式觸控面板之一結構之 一透視圖。圖53B係顯示實例20之電阻膜式觸控面板之結 構之一剖視圖。 首先,如在實例19中,形力具有其上配置有複數個結構 之一主表面之-光學片5卜接下來,以相同方式,在光學 片51之另一主表面上形成複數個結構3。因此,製造具有 其上形成有該複數個結構3之兩個主表面之光學片2了因 150653.doc -84 - 201113551 =,藉由除使用光學片2製造第一導電基底材料51之外與 實例19中相同之方法獲得—電阻膜式觸控面板。隨後, 如在比較實例14中一樣評估一反射比/透身十比及可見度。 (實例21) 圖54A係顯示實例21之一電阻膜式觸控面板之一結構之 一透視圖。圖54B係顯示實例21之電阻膜式觸控面板之結 構之一剖視圖。 首先,藉由一濺鍍方法在一 λ/4相位差膜2之一主表面上 沈積具有26奈米之-厚度之-1TO膜4,以藉此製造欲成為 一觸控側之一第一導電基底材料51。接下來,除使用入/4 相位差膜2作為欲成為一基板之一膜之外如在實例a之情 況中一樣製造一第二導電基底材料52。接下來,第一導電 基底材料5 1及第二導電基底材料5 2經配置以使得其Ιτ〇膜 彼此相對且一空氣層形成於兩個基底材料之間,且兩個基 底材料之圓周部分藉由一壓敏膠帶55附接至彼此。一偏振 器58經由一壓敏膠帶60附接至第一導電基底材料51之表面 於觸控側上,且然後一頂板(前表面部件)59經由壓敏膠帶 61附接於偏振器58上。接下來,一玻璃基板56經由—壓敏 膠帶57附接至第二導電基底材料52。因此,獲得一電阻膜 式觸控面板50。接下來,如在比較實例丨4中一樣一 射比/透射比及一可見度。 (實例22) 圖55Α係顯示實例22之一電阻膜式觸控面板之—結構之 一透視圖。圖55B係顯示實例22之電阻膜式觸控面板之社 150653.doc -85- 201113551 構之一剖視圖。 藉由除在第一導電基底材料51及第二導電基底材料52之 兩個相對表面中,僅第二導電基底材料52之相對表面形成 有複數個結構3之外與實例19中相同之方法獲得一電阻膜 式觸控面板50。接下來,一頂板(前表面部件)59經由一壓 敏膠帶60附接至一表面以成為電阻膜式觸控面板50之一觸 控側,且此後一玻璃基板56經由一壓敏膠帶57附接至第二 導電基底材料52。隨後,如在比較實例14中一樣評估一反 射比/透射比及可見度。 表9顯示比較實例14至16及實例19至22之觸控面板之評 估結果。 (表9) 觸控面板之結構 可見度 反射比[%] 透射比[%] 比較實例14 F/G a 19 85(85) 比較實例15 F/F a 15 82(82) 比較實例16 AR/Po/Re/Re d 〜1 40(80) 實例19 MF/MF c 6 92(92) 實例20 BMF/MF d 2 92(92) 實例21 TP/Po/Re/MRe c 6 84 實例22 TP/F/MF b 10 90 F : PET膜 G :玻璃基板 AR : AR層 150653.doc -86· 201113551 P〇 :偏振器 Re : λ/4相位差膜 MF :在一個表面上具有蠅眼式結構之蠅眼式膜 BMF :在兩個表面上具有繩眼式結構之蠅眼式膜 ΤΡ :頂板 MRe :在一個表面上具有蠅眼式結構之λ/4相位差膜 a :不論外部光之狀態如何皆為相當差之可見度 b :相依於外部光之狀態差的可見度 c :具有少量外部光之良好可見度 d :不論外部光之狀態如何皆為受歡迎可見度 應注意’表9中所示反射比及透射比係在量測自38〇奈米 至780奈米之所有波長之後依據太陽光校正之透射比及依 據光反射比校正之反射比。 可自表9發現以下内容。 在其中複數個結構3形成於第一及第二導電基底材料51 及52之相對表面上之實例19中,相比於其中未在相對表面 上形成如上文所述之蠅眼式結構3之比較實例14及15,一 反射比可很大程度地減小且—透射比很大程度地增加。 在其中複數個結構3形成於欲成為一觸控側之第一導電 基底材料51之兩個表面上之實例2〇中,如在其中將偏振器 131及AR層132層壓在觸控側之表面上之比較實例η中, 可在不致使—透射比之一顯著減小之情形下減小一反射 比0 在其中偏振器58配置在欲成為觸控側之第一導電基底材 150653.doc -87- 201113551 料51之表面上之實例21中,相比於其中偏振器“未配置於 欲成為觸控側之第一導電基底材料51之表面上之實例22, 可減小一反射比。 圖56係顯示實例19及2〇以及比較實例15之電阻膜式觸控 面板之反射特性之一圖表。可自圖56發現以下内容。 在其中複數個結構3形成於第一及第二導電基底材料5 j 及52之相對表面上之實例19及2〇中,相比於其中未在相對 表面上形成如上文所述蠅眼式結構3之比較實例15,可減 小在380奈米至78〇奈米之一波長範圍中之一反射。 具體而S,在實例19及20中在55〇奈米之一波長(此處一 人類光度因子為最高)中可實現6%或更低之低反射比特 性’而在比較實例15中在550奈米之一波長中獲得僅約 1 5 %之低反射比特性。 貰例19及2G中之波長相依性小於比較實例15 ^之波長相 依性。特定而t,在其中複數個結構3形成於欲成為觸控 側之第$電基底材料5 !之兩個主表面上之實例财,波 長相依性為小且反射特性在烟奈米至奈米之波長範圍 中幾乎係平緩。 &lt;9.藉由蠅眼式結構之黏合性之改良〉 (實例23) 藉由除調整曝光步驟及蝕刻步驟之條件且將具有以下 構之結構配置成六方晶格圖案之外與實们中相同之方 製造一導電光學片。 高度Η : 240奈米 150653.doc •88· 201113551 配置間距P : 220奈米 縱橫比(Η/P) : 1.09 (實例24) 藉由除調整曝光步驟及蝕刻步驟之條件且將具有以下結 構之結構配置成六方晶格圖案之外與實例丨中相同之步驟 製造一導電光學片。 高度Η : 170奈米 配置間距Ρ : 270奈米 縱橫比(Η/P) : 〇·63 (比較實例17) 藉由將一硬塗層及一 ΙΤΟ膜按序層壓於一 PET膜上來製 造一導電光學片。 (比較實例18) 藉由將含有一填充劑之一硬爹層及一ITO膜按序層壓於 一 PET膜上來製造一導電光學片。 (黏合性評估) 在將一銀膏施加至如上文所述製造之導電光學片之一電 極表面上之後,在i 3 之〆環境下锻燒5亥銀膏達3 0分 鐘。接下來,執行一方格帶之〆剝離測試。使用具有咼黏 合性之聚醯亞胺帶作為該帶。將該測試之結果顯示於圖W 中。 150653.doc •89- 201113551 (表 ίο) 實例23 實例24 比較實例17 比較實例18 剝離量(總共25個) 0/25 0/25 5/25-6/25 18/25 〜24/25 全光束透射比 96% 95% 90% 87% 可自表10發現以下内容 發現在實例23及24中不能剝離該帶。相反,在比較實例 17中剝離5至6個方形且在比較實例18中剝離以至24個方 形。 儘管在實例23及24中獲得95%至96%之—高透射比,但 在比較實例1 7及1 8中僅獲得87%至90%之一透射比。 如上文所述,藉由在作為基板之膜之整個表面上形成蠅 眼式結構,可實現具有相對於一佈線材料(諸如一導電膏) 極佳之黏合性及一高透射比之一透明導電層。此外,藉由 形成蠅眼式結構,可預期相對於一壓敏黏合劑(諸如一壓 敏黏合膏)、一絕緣材料(諸如一絕緣膏、一點間隔件)及類 似物之黏合性之一改良。 上文所述實施例及實例中所使用之數值、組態、材料及 結構僅係實例,且可適當使用不同於以上各項之數值、組 態、材料及結構。 此外,可以組合方式使用上文所述實施例之結構。 此外,在上文所述該等實施例中光學器件丨可進一步白 含在其上形成結構3之側上之凹凸表面上之—低折 層。該低折射專層合意地包含以此各項作為—主要成分: 150653.doc -90· 201113551 具有低於構成基板2、結構3及突出部5之材料之一折射率 之一材料。使用(舉例而言)一有機材料(諸如氟基樹脂)或 一無機低折射率材料(LiF及MgF2)作為此_低折射率層之 材料。 此外,在上文所述該等實施例中,可藉由熱轉印製造該 光學器件。具體而言,可使用藉由以下製造光學器件 一方法:加熱由作為一主要成分之熱塑樹脂形成之一基板 且將一印模(模型)(諸如捲軸母板11及圓盤母板按壓在 因加熱而充分軟之該基板上。 儘笞在上文所述s玄寻貫施例中已闡述應用於該電阻膜式 觸控面板之實例’但該等實施例亦可應用於一電阻式觸控 面板、一超聲波式觸控面板、一光學式觸控面板及類似觸 控面板。 應理解彼等熟悉此項技術者將明瞭本文所述當前較佳實 施例之各種改變及修改。可在不背離本標的物之精神及範 嚕且不縮小其意欲優點之前提下作出此等改變及修改。因 .此’此等改變及修改意欲由隨附申請專利範圍涵蓋。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1Α係根據一第一實施例之一導電光學器件之一結構實 例之一示意平面圖。圖1B係圖1A中所示導電光學器件之 一部分放大平面圖。圖1C係圖1B之跡線ΤΙ、τ3、...之一 剖視圖。圖1D係圖1B之跡線T2、T4、…之一剖視圖。圖 1E係顯示形成對應於圖1 b之跡線T1、T3...之潛像所使用 之一雷射光之一調變波形之一示意圖。圖1F係顯示形成對 150653.doc -91- 201113551 之一雷射光之一調 應於圖1B之跡線Τ2、T4.·.之潛像所使用 變波形之一示意圖; 圖2係圖1Α+所示導電光學器件之—部分放大透視圖; 圖3Α係圖1Α中所示導電光學器件在_跡線延伸方向上 之一剖視圖。圖3Β係圖1Α中所示導電光學器件在-θ方向 上之一剖視圖; 圖4係圖1Af所示導電光學器件之—部分放大透視圖; 圖5係圖以中所示導電光學器件之一部分放大透視圖; 圖6係圖1A中所示導電光學器件之_部分放大透視圖; 圖7係用於闡釋在結構之間的邊界係不明顯之一情況中 設定一結構底部表面之一方法之—圖示. 圖8A至嶋各自顯示當結構之底部表面之—橢圓率改 變時之一底部表面組態之圖示; 圖9A_示各自具有—錐體形狀或—截頭錐體形狀之結 構之-配置實例之一圖示。圖叩係顯示各自具有一橢圓錐 體形狀或一截頭橢圓錐體形狀之結構之一配置實例之一圖 示; 圖10A係顯示用於製造一導電光學器件之一捲軸母板之 一結構實例之一透視圖。圖1〇B係圖1〇A中所示捲軸母板 之一部分放大平面圖; 圖11係顯示一卷軸基質曝光裝置之一結構實例之一示意 圖; 圖12A至12C係用於闡釋製造根據該第一實施例之一導 電光學器件之一方法之過程圖; 150653.doc -92- 201113551 圖13A至13C係用於闡釋製造根據該第一實施例之一導 電光學器件之方法之過程圖; 圖MA至MB係用於闡釋製造根據該第一實施例之一導 電光學器件之方法之過程圖; 圖1 5 A係顯示根據一第二實施例之一導電光學器件之一 結構實例之一示意平面圖。圖1 5B係圖1 5 中所示導電光 學器件之一部分放大平面圖。圖15C係圖15B之跡線T1、 T3、…之一剖視圖。圖15D係圖15B之跡線T2、T4、…之 一剖視圖。圖15E係顯示形成對應於圖15B之跡線τι、 T3…之潛像所使用之—雷射光之一調變波形之一示意圖。 圖15F係顯示形成對應於圖15B之跡線T2、T4之潛像所 使用之一雷射光之一調變波形之一示意圖; 圖1 6係顯示當結構底部表面之一橢圓率改變時之一底部 表面組態之一圖示; 圖1 7 Α係顯示用於製造一導電光學器件之一卷軸母板之 一結構實例之一透視圖。圖17B係圖17A中所示卷軸母板 之一部分放大平面圖; 圖1 8A係顯示根據_第三實施例之一導電光學器件之一 結構實例之—示意平面圖。圖18B係圖18A中所示導電光 4·器件之。卜分放大平面圖。圖1 8C係圖18B之跡線τ 1、 丁3、…之—剖視圖。圖18D係圖18B之跡線T2、T4、…之 一剖視圖; 圖19 Α係用於製造—導電光學器件之一圓盤母板之一結 構貫例之—平面圖。圖19B係圖19A中所示圓盤母板之一 150653.doc •93- 201113551 部分放大平面圖; 圖20係一圓盤基質曝光裝置之一結構實例之一示意圖; 圖21A係根據一第四實施例之一導電光學器件之一結構 實例之一示意平面圖。圖21B係顯示圖21A中所示導電光 學器件之一部分放大平面圖; 圖22A係顯示根據一第五實施例之一導電光學器件之一 結構實例之一示意平面圖。圖22B係圖22A中所示導電光 學器件之一部分放大平面圖。圖22C係圖22B之跡線T1、 T3、...之一剖視圖。圖22D係圖22B之跡線T2、T4、…之 一剖視圖; 圖23係圖22A中所示導電光學器件之一部分放大透視 圖; 圖24A係顯示根據一第六實施例之一導電光學器件之一 結構實例之一示意平面圖。圖24B係圖24A中所示導電光 學器件之一部分放大平面圖。圖24C係圖24B之跡線T1、 T3、…之一剖視圖。圖24D係圖24B之跡線T2、T4、…之 一剖視圖; 圖25係圖24A中所示導電光學器件之一部分放大透視 圖, 圖26係根據該第六實施例之導電光學器件之一折射率曲 線之一實例之一圖表; 圖27係顯示一結構組態之一實例之一剖視圖; 圖28A至28C係用於闡釋一改變點之一界定之圖示; 圖29係根據一第七實施例之一導電光學器件之一結構實 150653.doc -94- 201113551 例之一剖視圖; 圖30係根據一第八實施例之一導電光學器件之一結構實 例之一剖視圖; 圖3 1A係顯不根據一第九實施例之一觸控面板之一結構 實例之一剖視圖。圖31B係顯示根據該第九實施例之觸控 面板之結構之一修改實例之—剖視圖; 圖32A係顯示根據一第十實施例之一觸控面板之一結構 只例之一透視圖。圖32B係顯示根據該第十實施例之觸控 面板之結構之一實例之一剖視圖; 圖33A係顯不根據-第十—實施例之一觸控面板之一結 構貫例之一透視圖。圖33Bs顯示根據該第十一實施例之 觸控面板之結構之一實例之—剖視圖; 圖34係顯不根據一第十二實施例之一觸控面板之一結構 實例之一剖視圖; 圖3S係顯示根據一第十三實施例之一液晶顯示裝置之一 結構實例之一剖視圖; 圖36A係根據-第十四實施例之—觸控面板之—結構之 一第一實例之一剖視圖。圖36B係根據該第十四實施例之 觸控面板之結構之一第二實例之一剖視圖; 圖37A係顯示實例!至3及比較實例1A2中之反射特性之 一圖表。圖37B係顯示實例〗至3及比較實例丨及2中之透射 特性之一圖表; 圖38A係顯示實例4至7中一縱橫比與一表面電阻之間的 一關係之一圖表。圖38B係顯示實例4至7中一結構高度與 150653.doc •95· 201113551 表面電阻之間的一關係之一圖表;Dl (= 36 nm) &gt; D2 (= 2 () nanometer) &gt; 〇 3 (= 18 Nai, however, when the wavelength is shorter than about 500 nm, the reflectance tends to increase sharply Because the end portion of the structure is gentle and the end portion is present, there is a tendency that the transparent conductive layer is less likely to be bonded to a steep slope and more than 150653.doc -76·201113551 is bonded to a relatively gentle surface. When the film is uniformly deposited over the entire structure, the change in optical properties before and after deposition tends to be small. In addition, when the structure such as Yanhai has a configuration closer to a free surface, the transparent conductive layer It tends to adhere more uniformly to the entire structure. &lt;7. Relationship between fill rate, diameter ratio, and reflectance characteristics. Next, a ratio (2r/) is discussed by _RCWA (strictly coupled wave analysis) simulation. A relationship between Pl)*100) and anti-reflection characteristics. [Experimental Example 1] Fig. 47A is a diagram for explaining the filling rate when the structures are arranged in a hexagonal lattice pattern. In the case where the structures are arranged in a hexagonal lattice pattern as shown in Fig. 47A, when a ratio ((2r/pi)*i〇〇) (pi: structure is in the same trace, the configuration, The magnification obtained when the macro, r: the radius of the bottom surface of the structure is changed, is obtained by the following expression (7). Filling rate = (S (hexagon) / S (unit)) * 100 (2) Unit cell area: S (unit) = 2r * (2^3) r Area of the bottom surface of the unit cell: S (six squares) )=2*πΓ·2 (If the fill rate is obtained from the pattern when 2r&gt; P 1 ) For example, when the arrangement pitch is 2 and the bottom surface of one of the structures is half-controlled, S (unit) ), s (six squares), a ratio ((10) and a fill rate are as follows. S (unit) = 6.9282 S (six) = 6.28319 (2r/Pl)n〇〇 = l〇〇.〇〇/0 150653 .doc •77- 201113551 Filling rate=(S(hexagon)/S(unit))*i〇〇=;9〇.7% Table 7 shows the filling ratio and ratio obtained by the above expression (2) ( (1r/Pl)*l〇〇) A relationship (Table 7) (2r/Pl)xl〇〇fill rate 115.4% 100.0% 100.0% 90.7% 99.0% 88.9% 95.0% 81.8% 90.0% 73.5% 85.0% 65.5% 80.0% 58.0% 75.0% 51.0% (Experimental Example 2) The figure is still used to illustrate one of the filling rates when the structures are configured as a square lattice pattern. In the case of one of the square lattice patterns not shown in Fig. 47B, when a ratio Gh/p1 〇 〇) and ratio ((2r/P2)*10〇) (Pi: the arrangement pitch of the structure in the same trace, P2 ·' in the direction of 45 degrees with respect to the trace, Γ · the bottom surface of the structure The filling rate obtained when the radius is changed is obtained by the following expression (3). Filling rate = (S (square) / S (unit)) η 〇〇 (3) Unit cell area: S (unit) = 2r * 2r Area of the bottom surface of the unit cell: s (square) = 兀 ^ I50653.doc -78. 201113551 (If the fill rate is obtained from the pattern when 2r>P 1 ) For example, when the configuration pitch P2 is 2 and one of the bottom surfaces of one of the structures has a radius r of 1, S (unit), S (square), a ratio ((2r/Pl)*100), a ratio ((2r/P2)*100), and a filling ratio have the following values. • S (unit) = 4 . S (square) = 3.14159 (2r/Pl)* 100 = 70.7% (2r/P2)*100 = 100.0°/〇fill rate = (S (square) / S (unit)) *100 = 78.5% Table 8 shows a relationship between the filling ratio, the ratio ((217?1)*100), and the ratio (217卩2)*100 obtained by the above expression (3). In addition, the relationship between the arrangement pitch P1 and P2 of the square lattice becomes P1=V2*P2 ° (Table 8) (2r/Pl)xl00 (2r/P2)xl00 Filling rate 100.0% 141.4% 100.0% 84.9% 120.0% 95.1% 81.3% 115.0% 92.4% 77.8% 110.0% 88.9% 74.2% 105.0% 84.4% 70.7% 100.0% 78.5% 70.0% 99.0% 77.0% 67.2% 95.0% 70.9% 63.6% 90.0% 63.6% 60.1% 85.0% 56.7% 56.6% 80.0% 50.3% 53.0% 75.0% 44.2% 150653.doc -79- 201113551 (Experimental Example 3) By ratio of the diameter 2r of one of the bottom surfaces of the structure with respect to the arrangement pitch p 1 ((2r/P1) *100) Set to 80%, 85%, 90%, 95°/. And 99%, a reflectance was obtained by simulation under the following conditions. Figure 48 is a graph showing the results. Shape of the structure: bell shape polarization: no refractive index · 1.48 configuration pitch P1: 3 2 0 nanometer structure height: 41 5 nm aspect ratio: 1.3 0 configuration of the structure: hexagonal lattice can be seen from Figure 48 It is found that in the ratio of μ% or more ((2r/pi)*1〇〇), in the visible wavelength range (0.4 to 0.7 μηη), an average reflectance r is R &lt; 0.5% and a sufficient Anti-reflective effect. In this case, the filling rate of one of the bottom surfaces is 65% or more. In the case of a ratio of 9〇% or more ((2r/Pl)*100), the average reflectance R in the visible wavelength range is R&lt;0.3% and one antireflection effect with higher efficiency is obtained. In this case, the filling rate of the bottom surface is 73% or more, and the efficiency increases as the filling rate becomes higher (the upper limit is 1%). In the case where the structures are heavier to each other, it is assumed that the height of the structure is from one of the lowest portions. In addition, it is confirmed that the tendency of the filling ratio and the reflectance is the same in the square lattice. 150653.doc -80-201113551 (Optical Characteristics of Touch Panel Using Conductive Optical Sheet) (Comparative Example 14) Fig. 49A is a perspective view showing one of the structures of a resistive film type touch panel of Comparative Example 14. Figure 49B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the resistive film type touch panel of Comparative Example 14. It should be noted that the arrows in Fig. 49B indicate the incident light entering the touch panel and the reflected light reflected at the interface. It should be noted that the arrows in the cross-sectional views of the structures of the resistive film type touch panels of Examples 19 to 22 which are not compared with Examples 15 and 16 to be described later indicate the same thing. First, an IT tantalum film 1〇3 having a thickness of 26 nm is deposited on a main surface of a tantalum (polyethylene terephthalate) film i 〇 2 by a sputtering method. As a result, the first conductive base material 101 which is intended to be one of the touch sides is manufactured. Next, an ITO film 113 having a thickness of one of 26 nm is deposited on one main surface of one of the glass substrates 112 by a sputtering method, and as a result, a second conductive substrate material to be one of the display device sides is fabricated.丨丨i. Next, the first conductive base material 〇1 and the second conductive base material 丨丨丨 are configured such that the ITO films are opposed to each other and an air layer is formed between the base materials, and the circumference of the base materials Portions are joined to each other by a pressure sensitive adhesive tape 121. Therefore, a resistive film type touch panel 1 is obtained. (Reflection ratio/transmittance evaluation) According to JIS-Z8722, the resistive film type touch surface feioomnb obtained as described above is further referred to as 'resistive film type touch panel attached to the liquid crystal display device 54 according to ns_K7l〇5 _ - the transmittance. (Visibility Evaluation) 150653.doc -81 · 201113551 The visibility of the resistive film type touch panel (10) obtained as described above was evaluated as follows. The resistive touch panel 100 is placed under the ordinary fluorescent light to visually inspect the glare caused by the light and to estimate the visibility based on the following. , ° a: The outline of the fluorescent lamp is clear b: The outline of the fluorescent lamp is blurred to some extent c. The outline of the fluorescent lamp is not clear and the reflected light is obviously weak d: the outline of the fluorescent lamp cannot be seen and reflected Blur Light (Comparative Example 15) Fig. 50A is a perspective view showing one of the resistive touch panels of Comparative Example 15. Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the resistive film type touch panel of Comparative Example 15. The resistive film type touch panel 100 is obtained by the same method as the comparative example except that a film having a thickness of 26 nm is deposited on a PET (polyphenylene terephthalate) Ethylene dicarboxylate) film 114^ One of the base materials obtained on one main surface is used as the second conductive base material. Then, as in the case of Comparative Example 14, the ratio of the & And visibility. (Comparative Example 1 6) Fig. 5 1A is a perspective view showing one of the structures of a resistive film type touch panel of Comparative Example 丨6. Fig. 51B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of a resistive film type touch panel of Comparative Example 16. First, an IT tantalum film 1〇3 having a thickness of one of 26 nm is deposited on the main surface of the -λ/4 retardation film 104 by sputtering to thereby produce 150653.doc-82- 201113551 One of the first conductive substrate materials 101 on the touch side. Next, an ITO film 113 having a thickness of one of 26 nm is deposited on one main surface of one of the λ/4 retardation films 115 by a money plating method, thereby manufacturing one side to be a display device side. The second conductive base material lu. Next, the first conductive substrate material 1 〇1 and the second conductive base material 丨丨丨 are configured such that their IT 〇 films are opposed to each other and an air layer is formed between the two base materials, and the circumference of the base materials Portions are attached to each other by a pressure sensitive adhesive tape 丨21. Next, a polarizer 131 having one of main surfaces on which an AR (anti-reflection) layer 132 is formed is prepared, and the polarizer 131 is attached to the first conductive base material 1〇1 via a pressure-sensitive adhesive tape 124. A touch surface side. In this case, one position of the polarizer 131 is adjusted such that the polarizer i3i and the transmission axis of one of the polarizers provided on one of the display surface sides of the liquid crystal display device 54 become parallel to each other. Therefore, the resistive film type touch panel 100 is obtained. Next, as in the case of Comparative Example 14, a reflectance/transmittance and visibility were evaluated. (Comparative Example 19) The figure shows a perspective view of the structure of the resistive film type touch panel of Example 19. Figure 52B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the resistive film type touch panel of Example 19. An optical sheet 2 was obtained by the same method as Comparative Example 1 except that the conditions of exposure and characterization were adjusted to form a plurality of structures 3 having the following structure. It should be noted that a PET film is used as a film to be a substrate. Configuration pattern: Concavity and convexity of hexagonal lattice structure: convex shape I50653.doc -83- 201113551 Surface of the formed structure: a surface pitch P1: 2 7 〇 nanometer pitch P2: 270 nanonanometer. 160 nm It should be noted that the distance, height and aspect ratio of the structures 3 are obtained from observations using AFM (Atomic Force Microscopy). Next, an ITO film 4' having an average film thickness of 26 nm is deposited on one main surface of the optical sheet 2 on which one of the plurality of structures 3 is formed by a sputtering method. A conductive substrate material 51. Next, a second conductive base material 52 is obtained by the same method as in the case of manufacturing the first conductive base material 5! except for using a PET film. Then, the first conductive base material 51 and the second conductive base material 52 are configured such that their ITO films are opposed to each other and an air layer is formed between the two base materials, and the circumferential portions of the two base materials are pressed by one The sensitive tapes 55 are attached to each other. Therefore, a resistive touch panel 5 was obtained. Then, a reflectance/transmittance and visibility were evaluated as in Comparative Example 14. (Example 20) Fig. 53A is a perspective view showing a structure of one of the resistive film type touch panels of Example 2. Figure 53B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the resistive film type touch panel of Example 20. First, as in Example 19, the force has an optical sheet 5 on which one main surface of a plurality of structures is disposed. Next, in the same manner, a plurality of structures 3 are formed on the other main surface of the optical sheet 51. . Therefore, the optical sheet 2 having the two main surfaces on which the plurality of structures 3 are formed is manufactured by 150653.doc -84 - 201113551 = by using the optical sheet 2 to manufacture the first conductive base material 51. The same method as in Example 19 obtained a resistive film type touch panel. Subsequently, a reflectance/transmission ratio and visibility were evaluated as in Comparative Example 14. (Example 21) Figure 54A is a perspective view showing a structure of one of the resistive film type touch panels of Example 21. Fig. 54B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the resistive film type touch panel of Example 21. First, a -1TO film 4 having a thickness of 26 nm is deposited on one main surface of a λ/4 retardation film 2 by a sputtering method, thereby fabricating one of the first touch surfaces to be formed. Conductive substrate material 51. Next, a second conductive base material 52 was produced as in the case of Example a except that the /4 retardation film 2 was used as a film to be a substrate. Next, the first conductive base material 51 and the second conductive base material 52 are configured such that their Ιτ〇 films are opposed to each other and an air layer is formed between the two base materials, and the circumferential portions of the two base materials are borrowed They are attached to each other by a pressure sensitive adhesive tape 55. A polarizer 58 is attached to the surface of the first conductive substrate material 51 via a pressure sensitive adhesive tape 60 on the touch side, and then a top plate (front surface member) 59 is attached to the polarizer 58 via the pressure sensitive tape 61. Next, a glass substrate 56 is attached to the second conductive base material 52 via a pressure sensitive adhesive tape 57. Therefore, a resistive film type touch panel 50 is obtained. Next, the ratio/transmit ratio and a degree of visibility are as in Comparative Example 丨4. (Example 22) Figure 55 is a perspective view showing the structure of a resistive film type touch panel of Example 22. Figure 55B is a cross-sectional view showing a structure of a resistive film type touch panel of Example 22, 150653.doc-85-201113551. The same method as in Example 19 was obtained except that in the two opposite surfaces of the first conductive base material 51 and the second conductive base material 52, only the opposite surfaces of the second conductive base material 52 were formed with a plurality of structures 3. A resistive film type touch panel 50. Next, a top plate (front surface member) 59 is attached to a surface via a pressure sensitive adhesive tape 60 to become one of the touch side of the resistive film type touch panel 50, and thereafter the glass substrate 56 is attached via a pressure sensitive adhesive tape 57. Connected to the second conductive substrate material 52. Subsequently, a reflection ratio/transmittance and visibility were evaluated as in Comparative Example 14. Table 9 shows the results of evaluation of the touch panels of Comparative Examples 14 to 16 and Examples 19 to 22. (Table 9) Structure Visibility Reflectance of Touch Panel [%] Transmittance [%] Comparative Example 14 F/G a 19 85(85) Comparative Example 15 F/F a 15 82(82) Comparative Example 16 AR/Po /Re/Re d ~1 40(80) Example 19 MF/MF c 6 92(92) Example 20 BMF/MF d 2 92(92) Example 21 TP/Po/Re/MRe c 6 84 Example 22 TP/F /MF b 10 90 F : PET film G: glass substrate AR : AR layer 150653.doc -86· 201113551 P〇: polarizer Re : λ/4 retardation film MF: fly with fly-eye structure on one surface Eye film BMF: Fly-eye membrane with a rope-like structure on both surfaces: Top plate MRe: λ/4 retardation film a with fly-eye structure on one surface a: regardless of the state of external light For relatively poor visibility b: visibility with respect to the state difference of external light c: good visibility with a small amount of external light d: regardless of the state of the external light is popular visibility should pay attention to the reflectance and transmission shown in Table 9. The ratio is based on the corrected transmittance of sunlight and the reflectance corrected according to the light reflectance after measuring all wavelengths from 38 〇 to 780 nm. The following can be found from Table 9. In Example 19 in which a plurality of structures 3 are formed on the opposite surfaces of the first and second conductive substrate materials 51 and 52, compared to the case where the fly-eye structure 3 as described above is not formed on the opposite surface In Examples 14 and 15, a reflectance can be greatly reduced and the transmittance is greatly increased. In the example 2 in which the plurality of structures 3 are formed on the two surfaces of the first conductive base material 51 to be a touch side, as in the case where the polarizer 131 and the AR layer 132 are laminated on the touch side In the comparative example η on the surface, a reflectance ratio 0 can be reduced without causing a significant decrease in one of the transmittances. In which the polarizer 58 is disposed on the first conductive substrate to be the touch side 150653.doc In Example 21 on the surface of the material 51, a reflectance can be reduced as compared to the example 22 in which the polarizer is not disposed on the surface of the first conductive base material 51 to be the touch side. Figure 56 is a graph showing the reflection characteristics of the resistive film type touch panels of Examples 19 and 2 and Comparative Example 15. The following can be found from Figure 56. In which a plurality of structures 3 are formed on the first and second conductive substrates Examples 19 and 2 on the opposite surfaces of materials 5 j and 52 can be reduced from 380 nm to 78 compared to Comparative Example 15 in which the fly-eye structure 3 as described above is not formed on the opposite surface. One of the wavelength ranges in one of the nanometers of reflection. Specifically and S In Examples 19 and 20, a low reflectance characteristic of 6% or lower can be achieved at one wavelength of 55 Å (where a human photometric factor is highest) and in 550 nm in Comparative Example 15. A low reflectance characteristic of only about 15% is obtained in the wavelength. The wavelength dependence in the examples 19 and 2G is smaller than the wavelength dependence of the comparative example 15^. Specifically, t, in which a plurality of structures 3 are formed to be touch-sensitive On the two main surfaces of the side of the first electrical substrate material 5, the wavelength dependence is small and the reflection characteristics are almost flat in the wavelength range from the nanometer to the nanometer. <9. Improvement of Adhesiveness of Structure> (Example 23) A conductive optical sheet was fabricated by adjusting the conditions of the exposure step and the etching step and configuring the structure having the following structure into a hexagonal lattice pattern in the same manner as in the actual one. Height Η : 240 nm 150653.doc •88· 201113551 Configuration pitch P : 220 nm aspect ratio (Η/P): 1.09 (Example 24) By adjusting the conditions of the exposure step and the etching step and will have the following structure The structure is configured in a hexagonal lattice pattern and examples The same procedure was used to fabricate a conductive optical sheet. Height Η: 170 nm configuration pitch Ρ: 270 nm aspect ratio (Η/P): 〇·63 (Comparative Example 17) by using a hard coat and a ΙΤΟ The film was sequentially laminated on a PET film to fabricate a conductive optical sheet. (Comparative Example 18) A conductive optical was produced by sequentially laminating a hard layer containing a filler and an ITO film on a PET film. (Adhesive evaluation) After applying a silver paste to the electrode surface of one of the conductive optical sheets manufactured as described above, the 5 gal silver paste was calcined for 30 minutes under the environment of i 3 . Next, perform a strip test on the square. As the belt, a polyimide having a bismuth adhesiveness was used. The results of this test are shown in Figure W. 150653.doc •89- 201113551 (Table ίο) Example 23 Example 24 Comparative Example 17 Comparative Example 18 Peeling amount (25 total) 0/25 0/25 5/25-6/25 18/25 〜24/25 Full beam Transmittance 96% 95% 90% 87% The following can be found from Table 10 and it was found that the tape could not be peeled off in Examples 23 and 24. In contrast, in Comparative Example 17, 5 to 6 squares were peeled off and in Comparative Example 18, peeled off to 24 squares. Although 95% to 96% - high transmittance was obtained in Examples 23 and 24, only one of 87% to 90% transmittance was obtained in Comparative Examples 17 and 18. As described above, by forming a fly-eye structure on the entire surface of the film as the substrate, it is possible to achieve excellent adhesion with respect to a wiring material such as a conductive paste and a high transmittance. Floor. In addition, by forming a fly-eye structure, it is expected that one of the adhesions with respect to a pressure-sensitive adhesive (such as a pressure-sensitive adhesive paste), an insulating material (such as an insulating paste, a spacer), and the like is improved. . The numerical values, configurations, materials, and structures used in the above-described embodiments and examples are merely examples, and values, configurations, materials, and structures different from the above may be suitably used. Furthermore, the structure of the embodiments described above can be used in combination. Furthermore, in the embodiments described above, the optical device 进一步 may further contain a low-fold layer on the uneven surface on the side on which the structure 3 is formed. The low refractive specific layer desirably includes as the main component: 150653.doc -90·201113551 A material having a refractive index lower than that of one of the materials constituting the substrate 2, the structure 3, and the protrusion 5. As the material of this low refractive index layer, for example, an organic material such as a fluorine-based resin or an inorganic low refractive index material (LiF and MgF2) is used. Moreover, in the embodiments described above, the optical device can be fabricated by thermal transfer. Specifically, a method of manufacturing an optical device by heating a substrate formed of a thermoplastic resin as a main component and pressing a stamp (such as a reel mother board 11 and a disc mother board) can be used. The substrate is sufficiently soft due to heating. The example applied to the resistive touch panel has been described in the above-described application of the resistive touch panel. However, the embodiments can also be applied to a resistive type. Touch panels, an ultrasonic touch panel, an optical touch panel, and the like. It should be understood that various changes and modifications of the presently preferred embodiments described herein will be apparent to those skilled in the art. These changes and modifications are made without departing from the spirit and scope of the subject matter and without prejudice to its intended advantages. Because of this, the changes and modifications are intended to be covered by the accompanying patent application. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 is a schematic plan view showing one structural example of a conductive optical device according to a first embodiment. Figure 1B is a partially enlarged plan view showing one of the conductive optical devices shown in Figure 1A. Figure 1C is a trace of Figure 1B. 1A is a cross-sectional view of one of the traces T2, T4, ... of Fig. 1B. Fig. 1E shows the formation of a latent image corresponding to the traces T1, T3, ... of Fig. 1b. A schematic diagram of one of the modulated waveforms of one of the lasers used. Figure 1F shows the formation of one of the 150653.doc-91-201113551 laser light that is adapted to the traces of the traces Τ2, T4.. Figure 2 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the conductive optical device shown in Figure 1A; Figure 3 is a cross-sectional view of the conductive optical device shown in Figure 1A in the direction of the trace extension. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the conductive optical device shown in FIG. 1A in the -θ direction; FIG. 4 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the conductive optical device shown in FIG. 1Af; FIG. 5 is a partial enlarged view of the conductive optical device shown in FIG. Figure 6 is a partially enlarged perspective view of the conductive optical device shown in Figure 1A; Figure 7 is a diagram for explaining one of the methods of setting a bottom surface of a structure in the case where the boundary system between the structures is not apparent - Fig. 8A to Fig. 8 each show the ellipticity change when the bottom surface of the structure Illustration of one of the bottom surface configurations; FIG. 9A - shows an illustration of one of the configuration examples each having a - cone shape or a - truncated cone shape. The figure shows that each has an elliptical cone shape or Figure 1A is a perspective view showing one of structural examples of a reel mother plate for manufacturing a conductive optical device. Fig. 1A Figure 1 is a schematic view showing one structural example of a reel substrate exposure apparatus; Figure 12A to 12C are for explaining the manufacture of a conductive optical device according to the first embodiment. Process diagram of one method; 150653.doc -92- 201113551 FIGS. 13A to 13C are diagrams for explaining a method of manufacturing a conductive optical device according to the first embodiment; FIGS. MA to MB are for explaining manufacturing basis A process diagram of a method of electrically conducting an optical device of the first embodiment; Fig. 15 is a schematic plan view showing one structural example of one of the electrically conductive optical devices according to a second embodiment. Fig. 1 5B is a partially enlarged plan view showing one of the conductive optical devices shown in Fig. 15. Figure 15C is a cross-sectional view of one of the traces T1, T3, ... of Figure 15B. Figure 15D is a cross-sectional view of the traces T2, T4, ... of Figure 15B. Figure 15E is a diagram showing one of the modulated waveforms of the laser light used to form the latent image corresponding to the traces τι, T3, ... of Figure 15B. Figure 15F is a diagram showing one of the modulated waveforms of one of the laser light used to form the latent image corresponding to the traces T2, T4 of Figure 15B; Figure 16 shows one of the elliptical rates when one of the bottom surfaces of the structure changes. One of the bottom surface configurations is illustrated; Figure 1 shows a perspective view of one of the structural examples of one of the reel masters used to fabricate a conductive optic. Figure 17B is a partially enlarged plan view showing a reel mother board shown in Figure 17A; Figure 1A is a schematic plan view showing an example of the structure of one of the electroconductive optical devices according to the third embodiment. Figure 18B is a diagram of the conductive light shown in Figure 18A. Divided into a plan. Figure 1 8C is a cross-sectional view of the traces τ 1, D, 3, ... of Figure 18B. Figure 18D is a cross-sectional view of traces T2, T4, ... of Figure 18B; Figure 19 is a plan view of a structure of one of the disk motherboards used to fabricate one of the conductive optical devices. Figure 19B is a partially enlarged plan view of one of the disk mother plates shown in Figure 19A, 150653.doc • 93-201113551; Figure 20 is a schematic view showing one structural example of a disk substrate exposure device; Figure 21A is a fourth embodiment according to a fourth embodiment One of the structural examples of one of the conductive optical devices is a schematic plan view. Figure 21B is a partially enlarged plan view showing one of the conductive optical devices shown in Figure 21A; Figure 22A is a schematic plan view showing one structural example of one of the conductive optical devices according to a fifth embodiment. Figure 22B is a partially enlarged plan view showing one of the electroconductive optical devices shown in Figure 22A. Figure 22C is a cross-sectional view of one of the traces T1, T3, ... of Figure 22B. Figure 22D is a cross-sectional view of one of the traces T2, T4, ... of Figure 22B; Figure 23 is a partially enlarged perspective view of one of the conductive optical devices shown in Figure 22A; Figure 24A shows a conductive optical device according to a sixth embodiment One of the structural examples is a schematic plan view. Figure 24B is a partially enlarged plan view showing one of the electroconductive optical devices shown in Figure 24A. Figure 24C is a cross-sectional view of one of the traces T1, T3, ... of Figure 24B. Figure 24D is a cross-sectional view of one of the traces T2, T4, ... of Figure 24B; Figure 25 is a partially enlarged perspective view of one of the conductive optical devices shown in Figure 24A, and Figure 26 is a refraction of one of the conductive optical devices according to the sixth embodiment FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view showing one example of a structural configuration; FIGS. 28A to 28C are diagrams for explaining one definition of a change point; FIG. 29 is a seventh embodiment according to a seventh embodiment. One of the conductive optical devices is a cross-sectional view of one of the embodiments of the conductive optical device; FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view showing one structural example of one of the conductive optical devices according to an eighth embodiment; A cross-sectional view of one structural example of a touch panel according to a ninth embodiment. Figure 31B is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of the structure of the touch panel according to the ninth embodiment. Figure 32A is a perspective view showing one of the structures of a touch panel according to a tenth embodiment. Fig. 32B is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the structure of the touch panel according to the tenth embodiment; Fig. 33A is a perspective view showing a structural example of one of the touch panels according to the tenth embodiment. 33B is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a structure of a touch panel according to the eleventh embodiment; FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view showing one example of a structure of a touch panel according to a twelfth embodiment; A cross-sectional view showing one structural example of a liquid crystal display device according to a thirteenth embodiment; and Fig. 36A is a cross-sectional view showing a first example of a structure of a touch panel according to the fourteenth embodiment. Figure 36B is a cross-sectional view showing a second example of the structure of the touch panel according to the fourteenth embodiment; Figure 37A shows an example! A graph of the reflection characteristics in 3 and Comparative Example 1A2. Fig. 37B is a graph showing one of transmission characteristics in Examples 至 3 and Comparative Examples 丨 and 2; Fig. 38A is a graph showing a relationship between an aspect ratio and a surface resistance in Examples 4 to 7. Figure 38B is a graph showing a relationship between a structural height in Examples 4 to 7 and a surface resistance of 150653.doc • 95·201113551;

0 圖 39B 0 圖 40B0 Figure 39B 0 Figure 40B

0 圖 41B 广9A係顯示實例4至7中之透射特性之 係顯示實例4至7中之反射特性之一圖表; 圖似係顯示實例4及6中之透射特性之-圖表 係顯示實例4及6中之反射特性之1表; 、 圖41A係顯示實例3及4中之透射特性之—圖表 係顯示實例3及4中之反射特性之_圖表; 實例6中之透射特性之一 比較實例6中之反射特性 圖42A係顯示實例8至1〇及比較 圖表。圖42B係顯示實例8至〗〇及 之一圖表; 圖43係顯示實例11與12及 —圖表; 比較實例7至9中之透射特性之 圖似係顯示實例13及14中之導電光學片之透射特性之 —圖表。圖44B係顯示實例13及14中之導電光學片之反射 特性之一圖表; 圖45A係顯示實例15及比較實例1〇中之反射特性之一圖 表。圖45B係顯示實例丨6及比較實例丨丨中之反射特性之— 圖表; 圖46A係顯示實例17及比較實例12中之反射特性之一圖 表。圖46B係顯示實例18及比較實例13中之反射特性之一 圖表; 圖47A係用於闡釋當該等結構配置成六方晶格圖案時之 一填充率之一圖示。圖47B係用於闡釋當該等結構配置成 一正方晶格圖案時之填充率之一圖示; 150653.doc -96- 201113551 圖48係顯不實驗實例3之—模擬結果之一圖表; 圖49A係顯示比較實例14之一電阻膜式觸控面板之—妗 構之一透視圖。圖49B係顯示比較實例14之該電阻膜式: 控面板之結構之一剖視圖; 圖50A係顯示比較實例15之一電阻膜式觸控面板之一結 . 構之一透視圖。圖50B係顯示比較實例15之該電阻膜式; 控面板之結構之一剖視圖; 圖5丨A係顯示比較實例16之一電阻膜式觸控面板之一結 構之一透視圖。圖51B係顯示比較實例16之該電阻膜式: 控面板之結構之一剖視圖; 圖52A係顯示實例19之一電阻膜式觸控面板之一結構之 透視圖。圖52B係顯不實例19之該電阻膜式觸控面板之 結構之一剖視圖; 圖53A係顯示實例2〇之一電阻膜式觸控面板之一結構之 透視圖。圖53B係顯示實例2〇之該電阻膜式 結構之一剖視圖; 之 一圖54A係顯示實例21之一電阻膜式觸控面板之一結構之 - 透視圖。圖54B係顯示實例21之該電阻膜式觸控面板之 結構之—剖視圖; 一圖5从係顯示實例22之一電阻膜式觸控面板之—結構之 透視圖。圖55B係顯示實例22之該電阻膜式觸控面板之 結構之—剖視圖; 圖56係顯示實例19與2〇及比較實例15之電阻膜式觸控面 板之反射特性之一圖表;及 150653.doc •97· 201113551 圖57係用於闡釋獲得形成于各自作為一凸起部分之結構 上之透明導電層之平均膜厚度Dml、Dm2及Dm3之一方法之 一示意圖。 【主要元件符號說明】 1 導電光學器件 2 基板 2a 空餘部分 3 凸結構 3a 摺邊部分 3b 下部分 3t 頂點部分 4 透明導電層 5 金屬膜(導電膜) 6 突出部分 7 硬塗層 8 透明導電層 9 保護層 11 捲軸母板 12 基質 13 結構 14 光阻劑層 15 雷射光 16 潛像 21 雷射光源 150653.doc -98- 201113551 22 電光器件 23 反射鏡 24 光電二極體 25 調變光學系統 26 聚光透鏡 27 聲光器件 28 透鏡 29 格式化器 30 驅動器 31 反射鏡 3ι 卵形 32 移動光學台 32 卵形 33 擴束器 3b 卵形 34 物鏡 35 主軸馬達 36 轉臺 37 控制機構 38 反射鏡 41 圓盤母板 42 圓盤狀基質 43 結構 50 觸控面板 150653.doc •99- 201113551 51 第一導電基底材料 52 第二導電基底材料 53 黏合劑層 54 顯示裝置 55 接合層 56 玻璃基板 57 接合層 58 偏振益 59 前面板 60 接合層 61 接合層 70 液晶顯示裝置 71 佈線層(液晶面板) 72 絕緣層(第一偏振器) 73 點間隔件(第二偏振器) 74 接合層 75 接合層 100 電阻膜式觸控面板 101 第一導電基底材料 102 聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜 103 氧化銦錫膜 104 λ/4相位差膜 111 第二導電基底材料 112 玻璃基板 150653.doc • 100· 201113551 113 氧化銦錫膜 114 聚對苯二曱 115 λ/4相位差膜 121 壓敏膠帶 124 壓敏膠帶 131 偏振為 132 抗反射層 a 接合部分 al 點 a2 點 a3 點 a4 點 a5 點 a6 點 a7 點 b 接合部分 c 接合部分 d 向度 h 南度 HI 南度 H2 高度 PI 間距 P2 間距 Pa 第一改變點 -101 - 150653.doc 2011135510 Figure 41B shows a transmission characteristic of Examples 4 to 7 showing a transmission characteristic in Examples 4 to 7; a graph showing the transmission characteristics in Examples 4 and 6 - a graph showing Example 4 and 1 in the reflection characteristics of 6; Fig. 41A shows the transmission characteristics in Examples 3 and 4 - the graph shows the reflection characteristics in Examples 3 and 4; the transmission characteristics in Example 6 is compared with Example 6 Reflection Characteristics in Figure 42A shows Examples 8 to 1 and comparison charts. Figure 42B shows a graph of Examples 8 to 〇 and one; Figure 43 shows Examples 11 and 12 and a graph; a graph of transmission characteristics in Comparative Examples 7 to 9 shows the conductive optical sheets of Examples 13 and 14. Transmission characteristics - chart. Fig. 44B is a graph showing the reflection characteristics of the electroconductive optical sheets of Examples 13 and 14; Fig. 45A is a graph showing the reflection characteristics of Example 15 and Comparative Example 1A. Fig. 45B is a graph showing the reflection characteristics in Example 丨6 and Comparative Example ;; Fig. 46A is a chart showing the reflection characteristics in Example 17 and Comparative Example 12. Fig. 46B is a graph showing one of the reflection characteristics in Example 18 and Comparative Example 13; Fig. 47A is a diagram for explaining one of filling rates when the structures are arranged in a hexagonal lattice pattern. Figure 47B is a diagram for explaining one of the filling rates when the structures are arranged in a square lattice pattern; 150653.doc -96- 201113551 Figure 48 is a diagram showing one of the simulation results of Example 3; Figure 49A A perspective view of one of the resistive touch panels of a comparative example 14 is shown. Fig. 49B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the resistive film of Comparative Example 14: a control panel; Fig. 50A is a perspective view showing one of the structures of a resistive film type touch panel of Comparative Example 15. Fig. 50B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the resistive film of Comparative Example 15; the structure of the control panel; Fig. 5A shows a perspective view showing one of the structures of a resistive film type touch panel of Comparative Example 16. Figure 51B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the resistive film of Comparative Example 16: a control panel; Figure 52A is a perspective view showing the structure of one of the resistive film type touch panels of Example 19. Figure 52B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the resistive film type touch panel of Example 19; Figure 53A is a perspective view showing a structure of one of the resistive film type touch panels of Example 2. Figure 53B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the resistive film of Example 2; Fig. 54A is a perspective view showing the structure of one of the resistive film type touch panels of Example 21. Figure 54B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the resistive film type touch panel of Example 21; and Figure 5 is a perspective view showing the structure of a resistive film type touch panel of Example 22. Figure 55B is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the resistive film type touch panel of Example 22; Figure 56 is a graph showing the reflection characteristics of the resistive film type touch panels of Examples 19 and 2 and Comparative Example 15; and 150653. Doc • 97· 201113551 Fig. 57 is a schematic view for explaining one of the methods of obtaining the average film thicknesses Dml, Dm2, and Dm3 of the transparent conductive layers formed on the structures each being a convex portion. [Main component symbol description] 1 Conductive optical device 2 Substrate 2a Free space 3 Convex structure 3a Folded portion 3b Lower portion 3t Vertex portion 4 Transparent conductive layer 5 Metal film (conductive film) 6 Projection portion 7 Hard coat layer 8 Transparent conductive layer 9 Protective layer 11 Reel mother board 12 Substrate 13 Structure 14 Photoresist layer 15 Laser light 16 Latent image 21 Laser source 150653.doc -98- 201113551 22 Electro-optic device 23 Mirror 24 Photodiode 25 Modulation optical system 26 Condenser lens 27 Acousto-optic device 28 Lens 29 Formatter 30 Driver 31 Mirror 3ι Oval 32 Moving optical table 32 Oval 33 Beam expander 3b Oval 34 Objective lens 35 Spindle motor 36 Turntable 37 Control mechanism 38 Mirror 41 Disc mother board 42 disc-shaped substrate 43 structure 50 touch panel 150653.doc • 99- 201113551 51 first conductive base material 52 second conductive base material 53 adhesive layer 54 display device 55 bonding layer 56 glass substrate 57 bonding layer 58 polarization benefit 59 front panel 60 bonding layer 61 bonding layer 70 liquid crystal display device 71 wiring layer (liquid Crystal panel) 72 insulating layer (first polarizer) 73 dot spacer (second polarizer) 74 bonding layer 75 bonding layer 100 resistive film type touch panel 101 first conductive base material 102 polyethylene terephthalate Film 103 Indium tin oxide film 104 λ/4 retardation film 111 Second conductive substrate material 112 Glass substrate 150653.doc • 100· 201113551 113 Indium tin oxide film 114 Poly(p-benzoquinone 115 λ/4 retardation film 121 Pressure sensitive Tape 124 Pressure sensitive tape 131 Polarization 132 Antireflective layer a Jointing part a point a2 point a3 point a4 point a5 point a6 point a7 point b joint part c joint part d degree h south degree HI south degree H2 height PI pitch P2 spacing Pa first change point -101 - 150653.doc 201113551

Pb 第二改變 r 半徑 St 步階 T1 跡線 T2 跡線 T3 跡線 T4 跡線 Tp 跡線間距 Uc 單位胞 150653.doc - 102-Pb second change r radius St step T1 trace T2 trace T3 trace T4 trace Tp trace spacing Uc unit cell 150653.doc - 102-

Claims (1)

201113551 七、申請專利範圍: L 一種導電光學器件,其包括: 一基底部件;及 透明導電膜,其形成於該基底部件_L,該透明導電 膜之一表面結構包含複數個凸部分,該複數個凸部分具 有抗反射性貝且以等於或小於可見光之—波長之一間跬 配置。 月长項1之導電光學器件’其中該基底部件包含對應 於。亥透明導電膜之該等凸部分之複數個凸結構。 3. 如凊求項2之導電光學器件,其中該基底部件之該等凸 、。構係、.工組㊣以防止已在至少A致垂直於該基底部件之 方向上透射穿過該基底部件之光在該等凸結構與該透 明導電膜之間的一界面處反射。 4. 士明求項1之導電光學器件,其進一步包括形成於該基 底部件與該透明導電膜之間的一導電金屬膜。 5. 如請求項2之導電光學器件,其中該等凸結構之一縱橫 比係介於自0.2至1_78之範圍内。 6. 如明求項1之導電光學器件,其中該透明導電膜之一膜 厚度係介於自9奈米至50奈米之範圍内。 7. 如請求項2之導電光學器件,其中該透明導電膜在該等 凸構之頂點部分處之一膜厚度為D 1,該透明導電膜 在該等凸結構之一傾斜部分處之一膜厚度為〇2,且該透 明導電膜在毗鄰凸結構之間之一膜厚度為D3,且、 D2及D3滿足Dl&gt;D3&gt;D2之關係。 150653.doc 201113551 8.如請求:員7之導電光學器件,其中m介於自25奈米至Μ ’丁、米之fe圍内,D2介於自9奈米至3〇奈米之範圍内且仍 介於自9奈米至50奈米之範圍内。 9·如請求項2之導電光學器件’其中該等凸結構之一平均 配置間距係介於自110奈米至280奈米之範圍内。 1〇.如請求項2之導電光學器件,其中該等凸結構係經配置 以便形成複數個跡線列。 U.如請求項2之導電光學器件,其中該等凸結構係經配置 以便形成六方晶格圖案或準六方晶格圖案。 12. 如請求項1〇之導電光學器件,其中該等凸結構具有一金 字塔形狀或在一跡線方向上伸長或收縮之一金字塔形 狀。 。 13. 如請求項12之導電光學器件,其中該金字塔形狀係選自 由以下各項構成之群組:一錐體形狀、一戴頭錐體形狀 及橢圓錐體形狀以及一橢圓截頭錐體形狀。 14. 如請求項2之導電光學器件,其中毗鄰凸結構之下部分 以一重疊方式接合在一起。 15. —種觸控面板器件,其包括: 一第一導電基底層;及 一第二導電基底層,其與該第一導電基底層相對, 其中該第一導電基底層及該第二導電基底層中之至少 一者包含 一基底部件,及 一透明導電膜’其形成於該基底部件上,該透明導電 150653.doc - 201113551 膜之-表面結構包含具有抗反射性質且以等於或小於可 見光之一波長之一間距配置之複數個凸結構。 16. 如請求項15之觸控面板器件,其中該基底部件包含對應 於°玄透明導電膜之該等凸部分之複數個凸結構。 17. 如請求項16之觸控面板器件’其中該基底部件之該等凸 結構係mx防止已在至少大致垂直於該基底部件之 一方向上透射穿過該基底部件之光在該等凸結構盥該透 明導電膜之間的一界面處反射。 18. 如請求項15之觸控面板器件’其進一步包括位於該基底 部件與該透明導電膜之間的一導電金屬臈。 19. 如請求項16之觸控面板器件,其中該等凸結構之一縱橫 比係介於自0.2至1.78之範圍内。 20. 如請求項15之觸控面板器件,其中該透明導電膜之一膜 厚度係介於自9奈米至50奈米之範圍内。 21. 如請求項16之觸控面板器件,其中該透明導電膜在該等 凸結構之一頂點部分處之一膜厚度為〇1,該透明導電膜 在該等凸結構之-傾斜部分處之一膜厚度為如,且該透 明導電膜在毗鄰凸結構之間之一膜厚度為出,且⑴、 D2及D3滿足D1&gt;D3&gt;D2之關係。 22. 如請求項21之觸控面板器件,其中m係介於自。奈米至 50奈米之範圍内,〇2係介於自9奈米至3〇奈米之^圍内 且D3係介於自9奈米至50奈米之範圍内。 23. 如請求項16之觸控面板器件,其中料凸結構之—平均 配置間距係介於自110奈米至28〇奈米之範圍内。 150653.doc 201113551 24. 如請求項16之觸控面板器件,其中該等凸部分係經配置 以便形成複數個跡線列。 25. 如請求項16之觸控面板器件,其中該等凸部分係經配置 以便形成六方晶格圖案或準六方晶格圖案。 26. 如請求項24之觸控面板器件,其中該等凸部分具有一金 字塔形狀或在-跡線方向上伸長或收縮之一金字塔形 狀。 27. 如請求項26之觸控面板器件,其中該金字塔形狀係選自 由以下各項構成之群組:—錐體形狀、—截頭錐體形狀 及橢圓錐體形狀以及一橢圓截頭錐體形狀。 28. 如請求項16之觸控面板器件,其中就鄰凸結構之下部分 以一重疊方式接合在一起。 29. —種顯示器件,其包括: 一顯示裝置;及 -觸控面板器件’其附接至該顯示裝置,該觸控面板 器件包含 一第一導電基底層;及 一第二導電基底層,其與該第一導電基底層相對, 其中该第一導電基底層及該第二導電基底層中之至少 一者包含 一基底部件,及 一透明導電膜,其形成於該基底部件上,該透明導電 膜之一表面結構包含具有抗反射性質且以等於或小於可 見光之一波長之一間距配置之複數個凸結構。 150653.doc 201113551 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 如請求項29之顯示器件,其中該基底部件包含對應於該 透明導電膜之該等凸部分之複數個凸結構。 如請求項30之顯示器件,其中該基底部件之該等凸結構 係經組態以防止已在至少大致垂直於該基底部件之一方 向上透射穿過s亥基底部件之光在該等凸結構與該透明導 電膜之間的一界面處反射。 如請求項29之顯示器件,其進一步包括位於該基底部件 與該透明導電膜之間的一導電金屬膜。 如請求項30之顯示器件,其中該等凸結構之一縱橫比係 介於自0.2至1.78之範圍内。 如請求項29之顯示器件,其中該透明導電膜之一膜厚度 係介於自9奈米至50奈米之範圍内。 如請求項30之顯示器件,其中該透明導電膜在該等凸結 構之一頂點部分處之一膜厚度為D1,該透明導電膜在該 等凸結構之一傾斜部分處之一膜厚度為D2,且該透明導 電膜在毗鄰凸結構之間之一膜厚度為D3,且m、叫及 D3滿足Dl&gt;D3&gt;D2之關係。 如請求項35之顯示器件,其中D1係介於自乃奈米至5〇奈 米之範圍内,D2係介於自9奈米至3〇奈米之範圍内且〇3 係介於自9奈米至50奈米之範圍内。 如請求項30之顯示器件,其中該等凸結構之一平均配置 間距係介於自110奈米至28〇奈米之範圍内。 如請求項30之顯示器件,其中該等凸部分係經配置以便 形成複數個跡線列。 150653.doc 201113551 39. 如請求項3〇之顯示器件,其中該等凸部分係經配置以便 形成六方晶格圖案或準六方晶格圖案。 40. 如請求項38之顯示器件,其中該等凸部分具有—金字塔 形狀或在一跡線方向上伸長或收縮之—金字塔形狀。 41. 如請求項4〇之顯示器件,其中該金字塔形狀係選自由以 下各項構成之群組:一錐體形狀、一截頭錐體形狀及橢 圓錐體形狀以及一橢圓截頭錐體形狀。 42. 如請求項3〇之顯示器件,其中毗鄰凸結構之下部分係以 一重疊方式接合在一起。 43. —種製造一導電光學器件之方法,該方法包括: 形成包含複數個凸結構之一基底部件;及 在該基底部件上形成一透明導電膜,以使得該透明導 電膜之一表面結構包含對應於該基底部件之該等凸結構 之複數個凸部分, 其中該等凸結構具有抗反射性質且係以等於或小於可 見光之一波長之一間距配置。 44. 如請求項43之製造一導電光學器件之方法,其中形成, 基底部件包含: 提供具有複數個凹結構之一捲軸母板; 將一轉印材料施加至一基板; 使該基板與該捲軸母板接觸; 固化該轉印材料;及 自該捲軸母板剝離該經固化之轉印材料及基板, 其中該捲軸母板之該等凹結構對應於該基底部件之节 I50653.doc -6 - 201113551 等凸結構。 45. —種透明導電膜,其具有包含複數個凸部分之一表面結 構’該等凸部分具有抗反射特性且係以等於或小於可見 光之一波長之一間距配置。 46·如請求項45之透明導電膜’其中該透明導電膜包括選自 由以下各項構成之群組之至少一種材料:汀〇 ' Az〇、 SZO、FTO、Sn02、GZO及 ΙΖΟ。 該透明導 47.如請求項45之透明導電膜,其進一步包括作為 電膜之一基底層之一金屬膜。 ‘ 150653.doc201113551 VII. Patent application scope: L A conductive optical device comprising: a base member; and a transparent conductive film formed on the base member _L, a surface structure of the transparent conductive film comprising a plurality of convex portions, the plural The convex portions have an anti-reflective shell and are disposed at a ratio equal to or less than one wavelength of visible light. A conductive optical device of month 1 wherein the base member comprises a corresponding one. a plurality of convex structures of the convex portions of the transparent conductive film. 3. The conductive optical device of claim 2, wherein the base member is convex. The structure, the assembly is being reflected at an interface between the convex structures and the transparent conductive film to prevent light that has been transmitted through the base member in at least A direction perpendicular to the base member. 4. The conductive optical device of claim 1, further comprising a conductive metal film formed between the substrate member and the transparent conductive film. 5. The conductive optical device of claim 2, wherein one of the convex structures has an aspect ratio ranging from 0.2 to 1 -78. 6. The conductive optical device according to claim 1, wherein a film thickness of the transparent conductive film is in a range from 9 nm to 50 nm. 7. The conductive optical device of claim 2, wherein the transparent conductive film has a film thickness D1 at a vertex portion of the convex structures, and the transparent conductive film is a film at one of the inclined portions of the convex structures The thickness is 〇2, and the film thickness of the transparent conductive film between adjacent convex structures is D3, and D2 and D3 satisfy the relationship of D1 &gt; D3 &gt; D2. 150653.doc 201113551 8. If requested: Member 7's conductive optics, where m is from 25 nm to Μ '丁,米的fe circumference, D2 is from 9 nm to 3 〇 nanometer range And still in the range from 9 nm to 50 nm. 9. The conductive optical device of claim 2, wherein one of the convex structures has an average arrangement pitch ranging from 110 nm to 280 nm. The conductive optical device of claim 2, wherein the convex structures are configured to form a plurality of trace columns. U. The conductive optic of claim 2, wherein the convex structures are configured to form a hexagonal lattice pattern or a quasi-hexagonal lattice pattern. 12. The conductive optical device of claim 1, wherein the convex structures have a pyramid shape or a pyramid shape elongated or contracted in a trace direction. . 13. The conductive optic of claim 12, wherein the pyramid shape is selected from the group consisting of a cone shape, a pyramid shape and an elliptical cone shape, and an elliptical frustum shape . 14. The conductive optic of claim 2, wherein the portions adjacent the convex structures are joined together in an overlapping manner. 15. A touch panel device, comprising: a first conductive substrate layer; and a second conductive substrate layer opposite the first conductive substrate layer, wherein the first conductive substrate layer and the second conductive substrate At least one of the layers includes a base member, and a transparent conductive film 'which is formed on the base member, the transparent conductive 150653.doc - 201113551 film-surface structure comprising anti-reflective properties and being equal to or less than visible light A plurality of convex structures arranged at one pitch of one wavelength. 16. The touch panel device of claim 15, wherein the base member comprises a plurality of convex structures corresponding to the convex portions of the transparent conductive film. 17. The touch panel device of claim 16, wherein the convex structures of the base member mx prevent light that has been transmitted through the base member in a direction at least substantially perpendicular to one of the base members in the convex structure. Reflected at an interface between the transparent conductive films. 18. The touch panel device of claim 15 which further comprises a conductive metal crucible between the substrate member and the transparent conductive film. 19. The touch panel device of claim 16, wherein one of the convex structures has an aspect ratio ranging from 0.2 to 1.78. 20. The touch panel device of claim 15, wherein a film thickness of the transparent conductive film is in a range from 9 nm to 50 nm. 21. The touch panel device of claim 16, wherein the transparent conductive film has a film thickness of 〇1 at one of the apex portions of the convex structures, and the transparent conductive film is at the inclined portion of the convex structures A film thickness is, for example, and the film thickness of the transparent conductive film between adjacent convex structures is out, and (1), D2, and D3 satisfy the relationship of D1 &gt; D3 &gt; D2. 22. The touch panel device of claim 21, wherein the m is between. In the range of nanometers to 50 nanometers, the 〇2 series is in the range from 9 nm to 3 nautical meters and the D3 system is in the range from 9 nm to 50 nm. 23. The touch panel device of claim 16, wherein the mean pitch configuration is between 110 nm and 28 nm. The method of claim 16, wherein the convex portions are configured to form a plurality of trace columns. 25. The touch panel device of claim 16, wherein the convex portions are configured to form a hexagonal lattice pattern or a quasi-hexagonal lattice pattern. 26. The touch panel device of claim 24, wherein the convex portions have a pyramid shape or a pyramid shape elongated or contracted in a - trace direction. 27. The touch panel device of claim 26, wherein the pyramid shape is selected from the group consisting of: a cone shape, a frustum shape and an elliptical cone shape, and an elliptical frustum shape. 28. The touch panel device of claim 16, wherein the portions below the adjacent convex structures are joined together in an overlapping manner. 29. A display device comprising: a display device; and a touch panel device attached to the display device, the touch panel device comprising a first conductive substrate layer; and a second conductive substrate layer Opposite the first conductive substrate layer, wherein at least one of the first conductive substrate layer and the second conductive substrate layer comprises a base member, and a transparent conductive film is formed on the base member, the transparent One surface structure of the conductive film includes a plurality of convex structures having anti-reflection properties and being disposed at a pitch equal to or smaller than one of wavelengths of visible light. The display device of claim 29, wherein the base member comprises a plurality of convex portions corresponding to the convex portions of the transparent conductive film. structure. The display device of claim 30, wherein the convex structures of the base member are configured to prevent light that has been transmitted through the s-base member in at least substantially perpendicular to one of the base members in the convex structure and Reflected at an interface between the transparent conductive films. The display device of claim 29, further comprising a conductive metal film between the base member and the transparent conductive film. The display device of claim 30, wherein one of the convex structures has an aspect ratio ranging from 0.2 to 1.78. The display device of claim 29, wherein a film thickness of the transparent conductive film is in a range from 9 nm to 50 nm. The display device of claim 30, wherein the transparent conductive film has a film thickness D1 at one of the apex portions of the convex structures, and the film thickness of the transparent conductive film at one of the inclined portions of the convex structures is D2 And the transparent conductive film has a film thickness D3 between adjacent convex structures, and m, and D3 satisfy the relationship of D1 &gt; D3 &gt; D2. The display device of claim 35, wherein the D1 system is in the range from nanometer to 5 nanometers, the D2 system is in the range from 9 nanometers to 3 nanometers, and the 〇3 system is in the range from 9 nanometers. Meters to 50 nanometers. The display device of claim 30, wherein one of the convex structures has an average configuration pitch ranging from 110 nm to 28 nm. The display device of claim 30, wherein the convex portions are configured to form a plurality of trace columns. The display device of claim 3, wherein the convex portions are configured to form a hexagonal lattice pattern or a quasi-hexagonal lattice pattern. 40. The display device of claim 38, wherein the convex portions have a pyramid shape or a pyramid shape that is elongated or contracted in a trace direction. 41. The display device of claim 4, wherein the pyramid shape is selected from the group consisting of a cone shape, a frustum shape and an elliptical cone shape, and an elliptical frustum shape . 42. The display device of claim 3, wherein the portions adjacent to the underlying features are joined together in an overlapping manner. 43. A method of fabricating a conductive optical device, the method comprising: forming a base member comprising a plurality of convex structures; and forming a transparent conductive film on the base member such that a surface structure of the transparent conductive film comprises And a plurality of convex portions corresponding to the convex structures of the base member, wherein the convex structures have anti-reflective properties and are disposed at a pitch equal to or smaller than one of wavelengths of visible light. 44. The method of manufacturing a conductive optical device according to claim 43, wherein the base member comprises: providing a reel master having a plurality of concave structures; applying a transfer material to a substrate; and causing the substrate and the reel Contacting the mother substrate; curing the transfer material; and peeling the cured transfer material and the substrate from the roll master, wherein the concave structures of the roll master correspond to the base member I50653.doc -6 - 201113551 Equal convex structure. A transparent conductive film having a surface structure comprising a plurality of convex portions, wherein the convex portions have anti-reflection characteristics and are disposed at a pitch equal to or smaller than one of wavelengths of visible light. 46. The transparent conductive film of claim 45, wherein the transparent conductive film comprises at least one material selected from the group consisting of Ting's 'Az〇, SZO, FTO, Sn02, GZO and ΙΖΟ. The transparent conductive member 47. The transparent conductive film of claim 45, further comprising a metal film as one of the underlying layers of the electric film. ‘ 150653.doc
TW99129750A 2009-09-02 2010-09-02 Conductive optical device, production method therefor, touch panel device, display device, and liquid crystal display apparatus TWI468721B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009203180 2009-09-02
JP2009299004 2009-12-28
JP2010104619A JP4626721B1 (en) 2009-09-02 2010-04-28 Transparent conductive electrode, touch panel, information input device, and display device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201113551A true TW201113551A (en) 2011-04-16
TWI468721B TWI468721B (en) 2015-01-11

Family

ID=43638523

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW103142110A TW201514529A (en) 2009-09-02 2010-09-02 Conductive optical device, production method therefor, touch panel device, display device, and liquid crystal display apparatus
TW99129750A TWI468721B (en) 2009-09-02 2010-09-02 Conductive optical device, production method therefor, touch panel device, display device, and liquid crystal display apparatus

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW103142110A TW201514529A (en) 2009-09-02 2010-09-02 Conductive optical device, production method therefor, touch panel device, display device, and liquid crystal display apparatus

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (1) US20120147472A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2473870A4 (en)
JP (2) JP4626721B1 (en)
KR (1) KR101504391B1 (en)
CN (1) CN102203639A (en)
RU (1) RU2518101C2 (en)
TW (2) TW201514529A (en)
WO (1) WO2011027518A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI460462B (en) * 2011-06-03 2014-11-11 Macdermid Autotype Ltd Conductive anti-reflective films
TWI657927B (en) * 2014-10-24 2019-05-01 日商王子控股股份有限公司 Optical element, optical composite element, and optical element with protective film

Families Citing this family (49)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5440165B2 (en) * 2009-12-28 2014-03-12 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Conductive optical element, touch panel, and liquid crystal display device
JP5659551B2 (en) 2010-04-28 2015-01-28 ソニー株式会社 Transparent conductive element, input device, and display device
JP5552887B2 (en) * 2010-04-30 2014-07-16 ソニー株式会社 Wiring structure and manufacturing method thereof
RU2013116970A (en) * 2010-10-22 2014-10-20 Сони Корпорейшн SUPPORT WITH A DIAGRAM, METHOD OF ITS PRODUCTION, INFORMATION INPUT DEVICE AND DISPLAY DEVICE
JP2012164383A (en) * 2011-02-04 2012-08-30 Sony Corp Optical information recording medium and manufacturing method thereof
JP5720278B2 (en) * 2011-02-07 2015-05-20 ソニー株式会社 Conductive element and manufacturing method thereof, information input device, display device, and electronic apparatus
JP2012216084A (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-11-08 Sony Corp Information input device
US20120319277A1 (en) * 2011-06-19 2012-12-20 Shenzhen China Star Optoelectronics Technology, Co., Ltd. Thin film transistor panel and manufacturing method thereof
JP2013061612A (en) * 2011-06-21 2013-04-04 Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp Optical element
JP2013041878A (en) * 2011-08-11 2013-02-28 Sony Corp Imaging apparatus and camera module
JP5948778B2 (en) * 2011-09-28 2016-07-06 凸版印刷株式会社 Reflective mask blank
JP5230788B2 (en) * 2011-11-24 2013-07-10 日東電工株式会社 Transparent conductive film
KR20140103264A (en) * 2011-12-08 2014-08-26 아사히 가라스 가부시키가이샤 Laminate and laminate manufacturing method
US20150116834A1 (en) 2012-03-15 2015-04-30 Soken Chemical & Engineering Co., Ltd. Antireflection film
JP6016394B2 (en) * 2012-03-15 2016-10-26 綜研化学株式会社 Information display device provided with antireflection film
TW201415067A (en) 2012-03-28 2014-04-16 Sony Corp Conductive element and method of manufacture thereof, wiring element, and master
KR20130137438A (en) * 2012-06-07 2013-12-17 삼성전기주식회사 Touch sensor and the manufacturing method
JP2014002326A (en) * 2012-06-20 2014-01-09 Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp Optical element and conductive optical element
JP2014002322A (en) * 2012-06-20 2014-01-09 Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp Optical element and conductive optical element
US9784889B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2017-10-10 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Antireflection structure and display device
JP2014016586A (en) * 2012-07-11 2014-01-30 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Antireflection article
JP2014021401A (en) * 2012-07-20 2014-02-03 Dexerials Corp Conductive optical element, input element, and display element
CN103576370A (en) * 2012-07-23 2014-02-12 天津富纳源创科技有限公司 Polarizing plate
CN103576372A (en) * 2012-07-23 2014-02-12 天津富纳源创科技有限公司 Liquid crystal display panel
CN102800379B (en) * 2012-07-31 2014-05-07 江苏科技大学 Silver conductive composition without screen printing and used for line manufacturing
IN2015DN01682A (en) * 2012-10-12 2015-07-03 Dsm Ip Assets Bv
JP6107131B2 (en) * 2012-12-27 2017-04-05 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Nanostructure and method for producing the same
JP6070356B2 (en) * 2013-03-28 2017-02-01 大日本印刷株式会社 Manufacturing method of conductive sheet for touch panel, and conductive sheet for touch panel
KR102053195B1 (en) * 2013-04-01 2019-12-06 엘지전자 주식회사 Touch screen panel
JP6328984B2 (en) 2013-05-22 2018-05-23 日東電工株式会社 Double-sided transparent conductive film and touch panel
JP6493900B2 (en) * 2013-08-09 2019-04-03 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Transparent laminate and protective equipment using the same
KR102302817B1 (en) * 2013-12-18 2021-09-16 엘지이노텍 주식회사 Touch window
JP6343937B2 (en) * 2014-01-10 2018-06-20 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Anti-reflection structure and design method thereof
JP6303154B2 (en) * 2014-07-08 2018-04-04 株式会社ブイ・テクノロジー Film-forming mask, manufacturing method thereof, and touch panel
JP6684046B2 (en) * 2014-07-30 2020-04-22 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Transparent laminate
WO2016056434A1 (en) 2014-10-07 2016-04-14 シャープ株式会社 Transparent conductor, transparent-conductor production method, and touch panel
WO2016144261A1 (en) * 2015-03-06 2016-09-15 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Anti-reflective and anti-fogging materials
KR102356723B1 (en) * 2015-03-25 2022-01-27 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Cover window and display device comprising the same
JP6371731B2 (en) * 2015-03-27 2018-08-08 シャープ株式会社 Touch panel display device
CN107615102A (en) * 2015-03-27 2018-01-19 柯尼卡美能达株式会社 Display unit and look squarely display equipment
KR102402759B1 (en) * 2015-05-29 2022-05-31 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Flexible display device and fabrication method of the same
US10133428B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2018-11-20 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Flexible display device including a flexible substrate having a bending part and a conductive pattern at least partially disposed on the bending part
JP6561706B2 (en) * 2015-09-10 2019-08-21 王子ホールディングス株式会社 Mold, organic light emitting diode manufacturing method, and organic light emitting diode
JP6903418B2 (en) * 2015-11-16 2021-07-14 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Optical body, master, and manufacturing method of optical body
TWI629497B (en) * 2017-03-31 2018-07-11 友達光電股份有限公司 Anti-reflection optical film
WO2020003207A1 (en) * 2018-06-28 2020-01-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Methods of making metal patterns on flexible substrate
JP2020068381A (en) * 2018-10-22 2020-04-30 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Master, master manufacturing method, and transcript manufacturing method
TWI696855B (en) 2019-08-30 2020-06-21 達運精密工業股份有限公司 Backlight module and manufacture method of light guide plate
US11143809B2 (en) 2019-08-30 2021-10-12 Darwin Precisions Corporation Backlight module with light guide having groups and microstructures connecting adjacent prisms

Family Cites Families (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3520627B2 (en) * 1995-09-14 2004-04-19 ソニー株式会社 Anti-reflection member, method of manufacturing the same, and cathode ray tube
US6958748B1 (en) * 1999-04-20 2005-10-25 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Transparent board with conductive multi-layer antireflection films, transparent touch panel using this transparent board with multi-layer antireflection films, and electronic equipment with this transparent touch panel
WO2001061383A1 (en) * 2000-02-16 2001-08-23 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Irregular-shape body, reflection sheet and reflection-type liquid crystal display element , and production method and production device therefor
JP4502445B2 (en) * 2000-03-16 2010-07-14 大日本印刷株式会社 Method for producing antireflection film
JP3510845B2 (en) * 2000-08-29 2004-03-29 Hoya株式会社 Optical member having antireflection film
JP2002287902A (en) * 2001-01-17 2002-10-04 Seiko Epson Corp Touch panel and electronic equipment
JP2002298665A (en) * 2001-03-29 2002-10-11 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Manufacturing method of transparent conductive film, transparent conductive film, and optical filter using same
JP2003136625A (en) 2001-08-24 2003-05-14 Sony Corp Film for display, touch panel and method for manufacturing them
JP2003139902A (en) * 2001-11-07 2003-05-14 Nippon Sheet Glass Co Ltd Method for forming thin film on synthetic resin, and obtained layered film
JP2003205564A (en) * 2002-01-15 2003-07-22 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Electrification preventing transfer foil with reflection preventing function
JP2004021788A (en) * 2002-06-19 2004-01-22 Alps Electric Co Ltd Tablet and manufacturing method
JP4240928B2 (en) * 2002-07-09 2009-03-18 住友金属鉱山株式会社 Oxide transparent conductive film and method for producing the same
JP4357854B2 (en) * 2003-02-28 2009-11-04 大日本印刷株式会社 Optical filter and organic EL display using the same
US7236444B2 (en) * 2003-03-27 2007-06-26 Tokyo University Of Agriculture And Technology Tlo Co., Ltd. Wavefront aberration correcting device and optical pickup equipped with the same
JP4198527B2 (en) * 2003-05-26 2008-12-17 富士通コンポーネント株式会社 Touch panel and display device
JP2005011021A (en) * 2003-06-18 2005-01-13 Alps Electric Co Ltd Tablet and liquid crystal display device
JP2005028821A (en) * 2003-07-10 2005-02-03 Sony Corp Transparent conductive base and touch panel
KR100898470B1 (en) * 2004-12-03 2009-05-21 샤프 가부시키가이샤 Reflection preventing material, optical element, display device, stamper manufacturing method, and reflection preventing material manufacturing method using the stamper
JP2006285332A (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-19 Gunze Ltd Transparent touch panel
US20070098959A1 (en) * 2005-06-03 2007-05-03 Daniel Lieberman Substrates and articles having selective printed surface reliefs
KR100954309B1 (en) * 2005-09-12 2010-04-21 닛토덴코 가부시키가이샤 Transparent conductive film, electrode sheet for use in touch panel, and touch panel
JP4943091B2 (en) * 2005-09-12 2012-05-30 日東電工株式会社 Transparent conductive film, electrode plate for touch panel and touch panel
JP2007156145A (en) * 2005-12-06 2007-06-21 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Antireflection film, method of manufacturing same and image display device
JP4398507B2 (en) * 2006-08-21 2010-01-13 ソニー株式会社 OPTICAL ELEMENT, OPTICAL ELEMENT MANUFACTURING MANUFACTURING METHOD, AND PHOTOELECTRIC CONVERSION DEVICE
WO2008069163A1 (en) * 2006-12-05 2008-06-12 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Plasma display panel and field emission display
WO2008069164A1 (en) * 2006-12-05 2008-06-12 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Antireflection film and display device
WO2008069162A1 (en) * 2006-12-05 2008-06-12 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Anti-reflection film and display device
JP4000178B1 (en) * 2006-12-19 2007-10-31 株式会社テスコム Touch panel display device and touch panel unit manufacturing method
JP2008209867A (en) * 2007-02-28 2008-09-11 Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd Stamper, glare-proof antireflection article, and its manufacturing method
JP4935513B2 (en) * 2007-06-06 2012-05-23 ソニー株式会社 OPTICAL ELEMENT AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD, OPTICAL ELEMENT MANUFACTURING REPLICATION BOARD AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD
JP2008027463A (en) * 2007-09-25 2008-02-07 Dowa Holdings Co Ltd Low reflection type resistive film touch panel, manufacturing method thereof and substrate with transparent conductive film
JP4935627B2 (en) * 2007-10-30 2012-05-23 ソニー株式会社 OPTICAL ELEMENT AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING OPTICAL ELEMENT MANUFACTURING MASTER
JP4412388B2 (en) * 2007-10-31 2010-02-10 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Optical element, liquid crystal device and electronic apparatus
JP5318433B2 (en) 2008-02-27 2013-10-16 十勝農業協同組合連合会 Microbial materials
RU2523764C2 (en) * 2008-02-27 2014-07-20 Сони Корпорейшн Antireflection optical device and method of making standard mould
JP5388326B2 (en) 2008-05-12 2014-01-15 住化スタイロンポリカーボネート株式会社 Transparent thermoplastic resin composition having excellent antibacterial properties and molded article comprising the same
JP4959841B2 (en) * 2008-05-27 2012-06-27 シャープ株式会社 Antireflection film and display device
JP2010104619A (en) 2008-10-30 2010-05-13 Sanyo Product Co Ltd Game machine

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI460462B (en) * 2011-06-03 2014-11-11 Macdermid Autotype Ltd Conductive anti-reflective films
TWI657927B (en) * 2014-10-24 2019-05-01 日商王子控股股份有限公司 Optical element, optical composite element, and optical element with protective film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2011154338A (en) 2011-08-11
RU2011117340A (en) 2012-11-10
TW201514529A (en) 2015-04-16
JP2011154674A (en) 2011-08-11
JP4626721B1 (en) 2011-02-09
WO2011027518A1 (en) 2011-03-10
RU2518101C2 (en) 2014-06-10
CN102203639A (en) 2011-09-28
JP5434867B2 (en) 2014-03-05
US20120147472A1 (en) 2012-06-14
KR20120059444A (en) 2012-06-08
EP2473870A1 (en) 2012-07-11
EP2473870A4 (en) 2013-06-05
KR101504391B1 (en) 2015-03-24
TWI468721B (en) 2015-01-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201113551A (en) Conductive optical device, production method therefor, touch panel device, display device, and liquid crystal display apparatus
TWI467214B (en) A conductive optical element, a touch panel, an information input device, a display device, a solar cell, and a conductive optical element
JP5440165B2 (en) Conductive optical element, touch panel, and liquid crystal display device
US9116289B2 (en) Transparent conductive element, information input apparatus, and display apparatus
TWI446368B (en) A transparent conductive element, an input device, and a display device
JP6077194B2 (en) Conductive optical element, information input device and display device
WO2010035855A1 (en) Optical element, optical part with anti-reflective function, and master
TWI480572B (en) A transparent conductive element, an input device, and a display device
WO2014013862A1 (en) Conductive optical element, input element and display element
JP2011248324A (en) Conductive element and method of manufacturing the same, interconnection element, information input device, display device, and electronic apparatus
JP2012216084A (en) Information input device
JP2015004993A (en) Optical element, method of manufacturing the same, and method of manufacturing master